wxPython/src/msw/_core.py

   1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.29.
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead.
   3
   4 import _core_
   5 import new
   6 new_instancemethod = new.instancemethod
   7 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,static=1):
   8     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
   9     if (name == "this"):
  10         if type(value).__name__ == 'PySwigObject':
  11             self.__dict__[name] = value
  12             return
  13     method = class_type.__swig_setmethods__.get(name,None)
  14     if method: return method(self,value)
  15     if (not static) or hasattr(self,name):
  16         self.__dict__[name] = value
  17     else:
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  19
  20 def _swig_setattr(self,class_type,name,value):
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,0)
  22
  23 def _swig_getattr(self,class_type,name):
  24     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own()
  25     method = class_type.__swig_getmethods__.get(name,None)
  26     if method: return method(self)
  27     raise AttributeError,name
  28
  29 def _swig_repr(self):
  30     try: strthis = "proxy of " + self.this.__repr__()
  31     except: strthis = ""
  32     return "<%s.%s; %s >" % (self.__class__.__module__, self.__class__.__name__, strthis,)
  33
  34 import types
  35 try:
  36     _object = types.ObjectType
  37     _newclass = 1
  38 except AttributeError:
  39     class _object : pass
  40     _newclass = 0
  41 del types
  42
  43
  44 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set):
  45     def set_attr(self,name,value):
  46         if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
  47         if hasattr(self,name) or (name == "this"):
  48             set(self,name,value)
  49         else:
  50             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  51     return set_attr
  52
  53
  54 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension
  55 #// code.
  56 _core_._wxPySetDictionary(vars())
  57
  58 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can
  59 #// be used here.
  60 import sys as _sys
  61 wx = _sys.modules[__name__]
  62
  63
  64 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  65
  66 def _deprecated(callable, msg=None):
  67     """
  68     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning
  69     before calling the callable.
  70     """
  71     if msg is None:
  72         msg = "%s is deprecated" % callable
  73     def deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs):
  74         import warnings
  75         warnings.warn(msg, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel=2)
  76         return callable(*args, **kwargs)
  77     deprecatedWrapper.__doc__ = msg
  78     return deprecatedWrapper
  79
  80
  81 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  82
  83 NOT_FOUND = _core_.NOT_FOUND
  84 VSCROLL = _core_.VSCROLL
  85 HSCROLL = _core_.HSCROLL
  86 CAPTION = _core_.CAPTION
  87 DOUBLE_BORDER = _core_.DOUBLE_BORDER
  88 SUNKEN_BORDER = _core_.SUNKEN_BORDER
  89 RAISED_BORDER = _core_.RAISED_BORDER
  90 BORDER = _core_.BORDER
  91 SIMPLE_BORDER = _core_.SIMPLE_BORDER
  92 STATIC_BORDER = _core_.STATIC_BORDER
  93 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW = _core_.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
  94 NO_BORDER = _core_.NO_BORDER
  95 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER = _core_.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
  96 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE = _core_.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
  97 TAB_TRAVERSAL = _core_.TAB_TRAVERSAL
  98 WANTS_CHARS = _core_.WANTS_CHARS
  99 POPUP_WINDOW = _core_.POPUP_WINDOW
 100 CENTER_FRAME = _core_.CENTER_FRAME
 101 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 102 CENTER_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 103 CLIP_CHILDREN = _core_.CLIP_CHILDREN
 104 CLIP_SIBLINGS = _core_.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 105 WINDOW_STYLE_MASK = _core_.WINDOW_STYLE_MASK
 106 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB = _core_.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 107 RETAINED = _core_.RETAINED
 108 BACKINGSTORE = _core_.BACKINGSTORE
 109 COLOURED = _core_.COLOURED
 110 FIXED_LENGTH = _core_.FIXED_LENGTH
 111 LB_NEEDED_SB = _core_.LB_NEEDED_SB
 112 LB_ALWAYS_SB = _core_.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 113 LB_SORT = _core_.LB_SORT
 114 LB_SINGLE = _core_.LB_SINGLE
 115 LB_MULTIPLE = _core_.LB_MULTIPLE
 116 LB_EXTENDED = _core_.LB_EXTENDED
 117 LB_OWNERDRAW = _core_.LB_OWNERDRAW
 118 LB_HSCROLL = _core_.LB_HSCROLL
 119 PROCESS_ENTER = _core_.PROCESS_ENTER
 120 PASSWORD = _core_.PASSWORD
 121 CB_SIMPLE = _core_.CB_SIMPLE
 122 CB_DROPDOWN = _core_.CB_DROPDOWN
 123 CB_SORT = _core_.CB_SORT
 124 CB_READONLY = _core_.CB_READONLY
 125 RA_HORIZONTAL = _core_.RA_HORIZONTAL
 126 RA_VERTICAL = _core_.RA_VERTICAL
 127 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 128 RA_SPECIFY_COLS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 129 RA_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 130 RB_GROUP = _core_.RB_GROUP
 131 RB_SINGLE = _core_.RB_SINGLE
 132 SB_HORIZONTAL = _core_.SB_HORIZONTAL
 133 SB_VERTICAL = _core_.SB_VERTICAL
 134 RB_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 135 ST_SIZEGRIP = _core_.ST_SIZEGRIP
 136 ST_NO_AUTORESIZE = _core_.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
 137 ST_DOTS_MIDDLE = _core_.ST_DOTS_MIDDLE
 138 ST_DOTS_END = _core_.ST_DOTS_END
 139 FLOOD_SURFACE = _core_.FLOOD_SURFACE
 140 FLOOD_BORDER = _core_.FLOOD_BORDER
 141 ODDEVEN_RULE = _core_.ODDEVEN_RULE
 142 WINDING_RULE = _core_.WINDING_RULE
 143 TOOL_TOP = _core_.TOOL_TOP
 144 TOOL_BOTTOM = _core_.TOOL_BOTTOM
 145 TOOL_LEFT = _core_.TOOL_LEFT
 146 TOOL_RIGHT = _core_.TOOL_RIGHT
 147 OK = _core_.OK
 148 YES_NO = _core_.YES_NO
 149 CANCEL = _core_.CANCEL
 150 YES = _core_.YES
 151 NO = _core_.NO
 152 NO_DEFAULT = _core_.NO_DEFAULT
 153 YES_DEFAULT = _core_.YES_DEFAULT
 154 ICON_EXCLAMATION = _core_.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 155 ICON_HAND = _core_.ICON_HAND
 156 ICON_QUESTION = _core_.ICON_QUESTION
 157 ICON_INFORMATION = _core_.ICON_INFORMATION
 158 ICON_STOP = _core_.ICON_STOP
 159 ICON_ASTERISK = _core_.ICON_ASTERISK
 160 ICON_MASK = _core_.ICON_MASK
 161 ICON_WARNING = _core_.ICON_WARNING
 162 ICON_ERROR = _core_.ICON_ERROR
 163 FORWARD = _core_.FORWARD
 164 BACKWARD = _core_.BACKWARD
 165 RESET = _core_.RESET
 166 HELP = _core_.HELP
 167 MORE = _core_.MORE
 168 SETUP = _core_.SETUP
 169 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 170 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 171 SIZE_AUTO = _core_.SIZE_AUTO
 172 SIZE_USE_EXISTING = _core_.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 173 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE = _core_.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 174 SIZE_FORCE = _core_.SIZE_FORCE
 175 PORTRAIT = _core_.PORTRAIT
 176 LANDSCAPE = _core_.LANDSCAPE
 177 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 178 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 179 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 180 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 181 ID_ANY = _core_.ID_ANY
 182 ID_SEPARATOR = _core_.ID_SEPARATOR
 183 ID_NONE = _core_.ID_NONE
 184 ID_LOWEST = _core_.ID_LOWEST
 185 ID_OPEN = _core_.ID_OPEN
 186 ID_CLOSE = _core_.ID_CLOSE
 187 ID_NEW = _core_.ID_NEW
 188 ID_SAVE = _core_.ID_SAVE
 189 ID_SAVEAS = _core_.ID_SAVEAS
 190 ID_REVERT = _core_.ID_REVERT
 191 ID_EXIT = _core_.ID_EXIT
 192 ID_UNDO = _core_.ID_UNDO
 193 ID_REDO = _core_.ID_REDO
 194 ID_HELP = _core_.ID_HELP
 195 ID_PRINT = _core_.ID_PRINT
 196 ID_PRINT_SETUP = _core_.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 197 ID_PAGE_SETUP = _core_.ID_PAGE_SETUP
 198 ID_PREVIEW = _core_.ID_PREVIEW
 199 ID_ABOUT = _core_.ID_ABOUT
 200 ID_HELP_CONTENTS = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 201 ID_HELP_COMMANDS = _core_.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 202 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES = _core_.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 203 ID_HELP_CONTEXT = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 204 ID_HELP_INDEX = _core_.ID_HELP_INDEX
 205 ID_HELP_SEARCH = _core_.ID_HELP_SEARCH
 206 ID_CLOSE_ALL = _core_.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 207 ID_PREFERENCES = _core_.ID_PREFERENCES
 208 ID_EDIT = _core_.ID_EDIT
 209 ID_CUT = _core_.ID_CUT
 210 ID_COPY = _core_.ID_COPY
 211 ID_PASTE = _core_.ID_PASTE
 212 ID_CLEAR = _core_.ID_CLEAR
 213 ID_FIND = _core_.ID_FIND
 214 ID_DUPLICATE = _core_.ID_DUPLICATE
 215 ID_SELECTALL = _core_.ID_SELECTALL
 216 ID_DELETE = _core_.ID_DELETE
 217 ID_REPLACE = _core_.ID_REPLACE
 218 ID_REPLACE_ALL = _core_.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 219 ID_PROPERTIES = _core_.ID_PROPERTIES
 220 ID_VIEW_DETAILS = _core_.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 221 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 222 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 223 ID_VIEW_LIST = _core_.ID_VIEW_LIST
 224 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 225 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 226 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 227 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 228 ID_FILE = _core_.ID_FILE
 229 ID_FILE1 = _core_.ID_FILE1
 230 ID_FILE2 = _core_.ID_FILE2
 231 ID_FILE3 = _core_.ID_FILE3
 232 ID_FILE4 = _core_.ID_FILE4
 233 ID_FILE5 = _core_.ID_FILE5
 234 ID_FILE6 = _core_.ID_FILE6
 235 ID_FILE7 = _core_.ID_FILE7
 236 ID_FILE8 = _core_.ID_FILE8
 237 ID_FILE9 = _core_.ID_FILE9
 238 ID_OK = _core_.ID_OK
 239 ID_CANCEL = _core_.ID_CANCEL
 240 ID_APPLY = _core_.ID_APPLY
 241 ID_YES = _core_.ID_YES
 242 ID_NO = _core_.ID_NO
 243 ID_STATIC = _core_.ID_STATIC
 244 ID_FORWARD = _core_.ID_FORWARD
 245 ID_BACKWARD = _core_.ID_BACKWARD
 246 ID_DEFAULT = _core_.ID_DEFAULT
 247 ID_MORE = _core_.ID_MORE
 248 ID_SETUP = _core_.ID_SETUP
 249 ID_RESET = _core_.ID_RESET
 250 ID_CONTEXT_HELP = _core_.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 251 ID_YESTOALL = _core_.ID_YESTOALL
 252 ID_NOTOALL = _core_.ID_NOTOALL
 253 ID_ABORT = _core_.ID_ABORT
 254 ID_RETRY = _core_.ID_RETRY
 255 ID_IGNORE = _core_.ID_IGNORE
 256 ID_ADD = _core_.ID_ADD
 257 ID_REMOVE = _core_.ID_REMOVE
 258 ID_UP = _core_.ID_UP
 259 ID_DOWN = _core_.ID_DOWN
 260 ID_HOME = _core_.ID_HOME
 261 ID_REFRESH = _core_.ID_REFRESH
 262 ID_STOP = _core_.ID_STOP
 263 ID_INDEX = _core_.ID_INDEX
 264 ID_BOLD = _core_.ID_BOLD
 265 ID_ITALIC = _core_.ID_ITALIC
 266 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 267 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 268 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 269 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 270 ID_UNDERLINE = _core_.ID_UNDERLINE
 271 ID_INDENT = _core_.ID_INDENT
 272 ID_UNINDENT = _core_.ID_UNINDENT
 273 ID_ZOOM_100 = _core_.ID_ZOOM_100
 274 ID_ZOOM_FIT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 275 ID_ZOOM_IN = _core_.ID_ZOOM_IN
 276 ID_ZOOM_OUT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 277 ID_UNDELETE = _core_.ID_UNDELETE
 278 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED = _core_.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 279 ID_HIGHEST = _core_.ID_HIGHEST
 280 MENU_TEAROFF = _core_.MENU_TEAROFF
 281 MB_DOCKABLE = _core_.MB_DOCKABLE
 282 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 283 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 284 LI_HORIZONTAL = _core_.LI_HORIZONTAL
 285 LI_VERTICAL = _core_.LI_VERTICAL
 286 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY = _core_.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 287 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS = _core_.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 288 WS_EX_TRANSIENT = _core_.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 289 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND = _core_.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 290 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 291 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 292 MM_TEXT = _core_.MM_TEXT
 293 MM_LOMETRIC = _core_.MM_LOMETRIC
 294 MM_HIMETRIC = _core_.MM_HIMETRIC
 295 MM_LOENGLISH = _core_.MM_LOENGLISH
 296 MM_HIENGLISH = _core_.MM_HIENGLISH
 297 MM_TWIPS = _core_.MM_TWIPS
 298 MM_ISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ISOTROPIC
 299 MM_ANISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 300 MM_POINTS = _core_.MM_POINTS
 301 MM_METRIC = _core_.MM_METRIC
 302 CENTRE = _core_.CENTRE
 303 CENTER = _core_.CENTER
 304 HORIZONTAL = _core_.HORIZONTAL
 305 VERTICAL = _core_.VERTICAL
 306 BOTH = _core_.BOTH
 307 LEFT = _core_.LEFT
 308 RIGHT = _core_.RIGHT
 309 UP = _core_.UP
 310 DOWN = _core_.DOWN
 311 TOP = _core_.TOP
 312 BOTTOM = _core_.BOTTOM
 313 NORTH = _core_.NORTH
 314 SOUTH = _core_.SOUTH
 315 WEST = _core_.WEST
 316 EAST = _core_.EAST
 317 ALL = _core_.ALL
 318 ALIGN_NOT = _core_.ALIGN_NOT
 319 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 320 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 321 ALIGN_LEFT = _core_.ALIGN_LEFT
 322 ALIGN_TOP = _core_.ALIGN_TOP
 323 ALIGN_RIGHT = _core_.ALIGN_RIGHT
 324 ALIGN_BOTTOM = _core_.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 325 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 326 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 327 ALIGN_CENTER = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER
 328 ALIGN_CENTRE = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE
 329 ALIGN_MASK = _core_.ALIGN_MASK
 330 STRETCH_NOT = _core_.STRETCH_NOT
 331 SHRINK = _core_.SHRINK
 332 GROW = _core_.GROW
 333 EXPAND = _core_.EXPAND
 334 SHAPED = _core_.SHAPED
 335 FIXED_MINSIZE = _core_.FIXED_MINSIZE
 336 TILE = _core_.TILE
 337 ADJUST_MINSIZE = _core_.ADJUST_MINSIZE
 338 BORDER_DEFAULT = _core_.BORDER_DEFAULT
 339 BORDER_NONE = _core_.BORDER_NONE
 340 BORDER_STATIC = _core_.BORDER_STATIC
 341 BORDER_SIMPLE = _core_.BORDER_SIMPLE
 342 BORDER_RAISED = _core_.BORDER_RAISED
 343 BORDER_SUNKEN = _core_.BORDER_SUNKEN
 344 BORDER_DOUBLE = _core_.BORDER_DOUBLE
 345 BORDER_MASK = _core_.BORDER_MASK
 346 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM = _core_.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 347 BG_STYLE_COLOUR = _core_.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 348 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM = _core_.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 349 DEFAULT = _core_.DEFAULT
 350 DECORATIVE = _core_.DECORATIVE
 351 ROMAN = _core_.ROMAN
 352 SCRIPT = _core_.SCRIPT
 353 SWISS = _core_.SWISS
 354 MODERN = _core_.MODERN
 355 TELETYPE = _core_.TELETYPE
 356 VARIABLE = _core_.VARIABLE
 357 FIXED = _core_.FIXED
 358 NORMAL = _core_.NORMAL
 359 LIGHT = _core_.LIGHT
 360 BOLD = _core_.BOLD
 361 ITALIC = _core_.ITALIC
 362 SLANT = _core_.SLANT
 363 SOLID = _core_.SOLID
 364 DOT = _core_.DOT
 365 LONG_DASH = _core_.LONG_DASH
 366 SHORT_DASH = _core_.SHORT_DASH
 367 DOT_DASH = _core_.DOT_DASH
 368 USER_DASH = _core_.USER_DASH
 369 TRANSPARENT = _core_.TRANSPARENT
 370 STIPPLE = _core_.STIPPLE
 371 STIPPLE_MASK = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK
 372 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 373 BDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 374 CROSSDIAG_HATCH = _core_.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 375 FDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 376 CROSS_HATCH = _core_.CROSS_HATCH
 377 HORIZONTAL_HATCH = _core_.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 378 VERTICAL_HATCH = _core_.VERTICAL_HATCH
 379 JOIN_BEVEL = _core_.JOIN_BEVEL
 380 JOIN_MITER = _core_.JOIN_MITER
 381 JOIN_ROUND = _core_.JOIN_ROUND
 382 CAP_ROUND = _core_.CAP_ROUND
 383 CAP_PROJECTING = _core_.CAP_PROJECTING
 384 CAP_BUTT = _core_.CAP_BUTT
 385 CLEAR = _core_.CLEAR
 386 XOR = _core_.XOR
 387 INVERT = _core_.INVERT
 388 OR_REVERSE = _core_.OR_REVERSE
 389 AND_REVERSE = _core_.AND_REVERSE
 390 COPY = _core_.COPY
 391 AND = _core_.AND
 392 AND_INVERT = _core_.AND_INVERT
 393 NO_OP = _core_.NO_OP
 394 NOR = _core_.NOR
 395 EQUIV = _core_.EQUIV
 396 SRC_INVERT = _core_.SRC_INVERT
 397 OR_INVERT = _core_.OR_INVERT
 398 NAND = _core_.NAND
 399 OR = _core_.OR
 400 SET = _core_.SET
 401 WXK_BACK = _core_.WXK_BACK
 402 WXK_TAB = _core_.WXK_TAB
 403 WXK_RETURN = _core_.WXK_RETURN
 404 WXK_ESCAPE = _core_.WXK_ESCAPE
 405 WXK_SPACE = _core_.WXK_SPACE
 406 WXK_DELETE = _core_.WXK_DELETE
 407 WXK_START = _core_.WXK_START
 408 WXK_LBUTTON = _core_.WXK_LBUTTON
 409 WXK_RBUTTON = _core_.WXK_RBUTTON
 410 WXK_CANCEL = _core_.WXK_CANCEL
 411 WXK_MBUTTON = _core_.WXK_MBUTTON
 412 WXK_CLEAR = _core_.WXK_CLEAR
 413 WXK_SHIFT = _core_.WXK_SHIFT
 414 WXK_ALT = _core_.WXK_ALT
 415 WXK_CONTROL = _core_.WXK_CONTROL
 416 WXK_MENU = _core_.WXK_MENU
 417 WXK_PAUSE = _core_.WXK_PAUSE
 418 WXK_CAPITAL = _core_.WXK_CAPITAL
 419 WXK_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_PRIOR
 420 WXK_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NEXT
 421 WXK_END = _core_.WXK_END
 422 WXK_HOME = _core_.WXK_HOME
 423 WXK_LEFT = _core_.WXK_LEFT
 424 WXK_UP = _core_.WXK_UP
 425 WXK_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_RIGHT
 426 WXK_DOWN = _core_.WXK_DOWN
 427 WXK_SELECT = _core_.WXK_SELECT
 428 WXK_PRINT = _core_.WXK_PRINT
 429 WXK_EXECUTE = _core_.WXK_EXECUTE
 430 WXK_SNAPSHOT = _core_.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 431 WXK_INSERT = _core_.WXK_INSERT
 432 WXK_HELP = _core_.WXK_HELP
 433 WXK_NUMPAD0 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD0
 434 WXK_NUMPAD1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD1
 435 WXK_NUMPAD2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD2
 436 WXK_NUMPAD3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD3
 437 WXK_NUMPAD4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD4
 438 WXK_NUMPAD5 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD5
 439 WXK_NUMPAD6 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD6
 440 WXK_NUMPAD7 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD7
 441 WXK_NUMPAD8 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD8
 442 WXK_NUMPAD9 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD9
 443 WXK_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_MULTIPLY
 444 WXK_ADD = _core_.WXK_ADD
 445 WXK_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_SEPARATOR
 446 WXK_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_SUBTRACT
 447 WXK_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_DECIMAL
 448 WXK_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_DIVIDE
 449 WXK_F1 = _core_.WXK_F1
 450 WXK_F2 = _core_.WXK_F2
 451 WXK_F3 = _core_.WXK_F3
 452 WXK_F4 = _core_.WXK_F4
 453 WXK_F5 = _core_.WXK_F5
 454 WXK_F6 = _core_.WXK_F6
 455 WXK_F7 = _core_.WXK_F7
 456 WXK_F8 = _core_.WXK_F8
 457 WXK_F9 = _core_.WXK_F9
 458 WXK_F10 = _core_.WXK_F10
 459 WXK_F11 = _core_.WXK_F11
 460 WXK_F12 = _core_.WXK_F12
 461 WXK_F13 = _core_.WXK_F13
 462 WXK_F14 = _core_.WXK_F14
 463 WXK_F15 = _core_.WXK_F15
 464 WXK_F16 = _core_.WXK_F16
 465 WXK_F17 = _core_.WXK_F17
 466 WXK_F18 = _core_.WXK_F18
 467 WXK_F19 = _core_.WXK_F19
 468 WXK_F20 = _core_.WXK_F20
 469 WXK_F21 = _core_.WXK_F21
 470 WXK_F22 = _core_.WXK_F22
 471 WXK_F23 = _core_.WXK_F23
 472 WXK_F24 = _core_.WXK_F24
 473 WXK_NUMLOCK = _core_.WXK_NUMLOCK
 474 WXK_SCROLL = _core_.WXK_SCROLL
 475 WXK_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_PAGEUP
 476 WXK_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 477 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 478 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 479 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 480 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 481 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 482 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 483 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 484 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 485 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 486 WXK_NUMPAD_UP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 487 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 488 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 489 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
 490 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 491 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
 492 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_END = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 495 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 496 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 497 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 498 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 499 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 500 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 501 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 502 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 503 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 504 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 505 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 506 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 507 WXK_COMMAND = _core_.WXK_COMMAND
 508 WXK_SPECIAL1 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL1
 509 WXK_SPECIAL2 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL2
 510 WXK_SPECIAL3 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL3
 511 WXK_SPECIAL4 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL4
 512 WXK_SPECIAL5 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL5
 513 WXK_SPECIAL6 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL6
 514 WXK_SPECIAL7 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL7
 515 WXK_SPECIAL8 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL8
 516 WXK_SPECIAL9 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL9
 517 WXK_SPECIAL10 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL10
 518 WXK_SPECIAL11 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL11
 519 WXK_SPECIAL12 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL12
 520 WXK_SPECIAL13 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL13
 521 WXK_SPECIAL14 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL14
 522 WXK_SPECIAL15 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL15
 523 WXK_SPECIAL16 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL16
 524 WXK_SPECIAL17 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL17
 525 WXK_SPECIAL18 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL18
 526 WXK_SPECIAL19 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL19
 527 WXK_SPECIAL20 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL20
 528 PAPER_NONE = _core_.PAPER_NONE
 529 PAPER_LETTER = _core_.PAPER_LETTER
 530 PAPER_LEGAL = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL
 531 PAPER_A4 = _core_.PAPER_A4
 532 PAPER_CSHEET = _core_.PAPER_CSHEET
 533 PAPER_DSHEET = _core_.PAPER_DSHEET
 534 PAPER_ESHEET = _core_.PAPER_ESHEET
 535 PAPER_LETTERSMALL = _core_.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 536 PAPER_TABLOID = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID
 537 PAPER_LEDGER = _core_.PAPER_LEDGER
 538 PAPER_STATEMENT = _core_.PAPER_STATEMENT
 539 PAPER_EXECUTIVE = _core_.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 540 PAPER_A3 = _core_.PAPER_A3
 541 PAPER_A4SMALL = _core_.PAPER_A4SMALL
 542 PAPER_A5 = _core_.PAPER_A5
 543 PAPER_B4 = _core_.PAPER_B4
 544 PAPER_B5 = _core_.PAPER_B5
 545 PAPER_FOLIO = _core_.PAPER_FOLIO
 546 PAPER_QUARTO = _core_.PAPER_QUARTO
 547 PAPER_10X14 = _core_.PAPER_10X14
 548 PAPER_11X17 = _core_.PAPER_11X17
 549 PAPER_NOTE = _core_.PAPER_NOTE
 550 PAPER_ENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_9
 551 PAPER_ENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_10
 552 PAPER_ENV_11 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_11
 553 PAPER_ENV_12 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_12
 554 PAPER_ENV_14 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_14
 555 PAPER_ENV_DL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_DL
 556 PAPER_ENV_C5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C5
 557 PAPER_ENV_C3 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C3
 558 PAPER_ENV_C4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C4
 559 PAPER_ENV_C6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C6
 560 PAPER_ENV_C65 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C65
 561 PAPER_ENV_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B4
 562 PAPER_ENV_B5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B5
 563 PAPER_ENV_B6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B6
 564 PAPER_ENV_ITALY = _core_.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 565 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH = _core_.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 566 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 567 PAPER_FANFOLD_US = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 568 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 569 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 570 PAPER_ISO_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ISO_B4
 571 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 572 PAPER_9X11 = _core_.PAPER_9X11
 573 PAPER_10X11 = _core_.PAPER_10X11
 574 PAPER_15X11 = _core_.PAPER_15X11
 575 PAPER_ENV_INVITE = _core_.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 576 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 577 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 578 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 579 PAPER_A4_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 580 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 581 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 582 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 583 PAPER_A_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A_PLUS
 584 PAPER_B_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_B_PLUS
 585 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 586 PAPER_A4_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 587 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 588 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 589 PAPER_A3_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 590 PAPER_A5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 591 PAPER_B5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 592 PAPER_A2 = _core_.PAPER_A2
 593 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 594 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 595 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 596 PAPER_A6 = _core_.PAPER_A6
 597 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
 598 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
 599 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
 600 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
 601 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
 602 PAPER_A3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
 603 PAPER_A4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
 604 PAPER_A5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
 605 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
 606 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
 607 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 608 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 609 PAPER_A6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
 610 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
 611 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
 612 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
 613 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
 614 PAPER_B6_JIS = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS
 615 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
 616 PAPER_12X11 = _core_.PAPER_12X11
 617 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
 618 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
 619 PAPER_P16K = _core_.PAPER_P16K
 620 PAPER_P32K = _core_.PAPER_P32K
 621 PAPER_P32KBIG = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG
 622 PAPER_PENV_1 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1
 623 PAPER_PENV_2 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2
 624 PAPER_PENV_3 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3
 625 PAPER_PENV_4 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4
 626 PAPER_PENV_5 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5
 627 PAPER_PENV_6 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6
 628 PAPER_PENV_7 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7
 629 PAPER_PENV_8 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8
 630 PAPER_PENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9
 631 PAPER_PENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10
 632 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
 633 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
 634 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
 635 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
 636 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
 637 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
 638 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
 639 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
 640 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
 641 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
 642 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
 643 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
 644 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
 645 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX = _core_.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 646 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL = _core_.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 647 DUPLEX_VERTICAL = _core_.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 648 ITEM_SEPARATOR = _core_.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 649 ITEM_NORMAL = _core_.ITEM_NORMAL
 650 ITEM_CHECK = _core_.ITEM_CHECK
 651 ITEM_RADIO = _core_.ITEM_RADIO
 652 ITEM_MAX = _core_.ITEM_MAX
 653 HT_NOWHERE = _core_.HT_NOWHERE
 654 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 655 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 656 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 657 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 658 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 659 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 660 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 661 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 662 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 663 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 664 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 665 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 666 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 667 HT_WINDOW_CORNER = _core_.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 668 HT_MAX = _core_.HT_MAX
 669 MOD_NONE = _core_.MOD_NONE
 670 MOD_ALT = _core_.MOD_ALT
 671 MOD_CONTROL = _core_.MOD_CONTROL
 672 MOD_ALTGR = _core_.MOD_ALTGR
 673 MOD_SHIFT = _core_.MOD_SHIFT
 674 MOD_META = _core_.MOD_META
 675 MOD_WIN = _core_.MOD_WIN
 676 MOD_CMD = _core_.MOD_CMD
 677 MOD_ALL = _core_.MOD_ALL
 678 UPDATE_UI_NONE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 679 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 680 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 681 Layout_Default = _core_.Layout_Default
 682 Layout_LeftToRight = _core_.Layout_LeftToRight
 683 Layout_RightToLeft = _core_.Layout_RightToLeft
 684 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 685
 686 class Object(object):
 687     """
 688     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not
 689     much functionality is needed nor exposed.
 690     """
 691     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 692     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
 693     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 694     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
 695         """
 696         GetClassName(self) -> String
 697
 698         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.
 699         """
 700         return _core_.Object_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
 701
 702     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
 703         """
 704         Destroy(self)
 705
 706         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
 707         """
 708         val = _core_.Object_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
 709         args[0].thisown = 0
 710         return val
 711
 712     ClassName = property(GetClassName,doc="See `GetClassName`")
 713 _core_.Object_swigregister(Object)
 714 _wxPySetDictionary = _core_._wxPySetDictionary
 715 cvar = _core_.cvar
 716 EmptyString = cvar.EmptyString
 717
 718 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 719
 720 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 721 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 722 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 723 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 724 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 725 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 726 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 727 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 728 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 729 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 730 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 731 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 732 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 733 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 734 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 735 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 736 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 737 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 738 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 739 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 740 CURSOR_NONE = _core_.CURSOR_NONE
 741 CURSOR_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_ARROW
 742 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 743 CURSOR_BULLSEYE = _core_.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 744 CURSOR_CHAR = _core_.CURSOR_CHAR
 745 CURSOR_CROSS = _core_.CURSOR_CROSS
 746 CURSOR_HAND = _core_.CURSOR_HAND
 747 CURSOR_IBEAM = _core_.CURSOR_IBEAM
 748 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 749 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER = _core_.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 750 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 751 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY = _core_.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 752 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH = _core_.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 753 CURSOR_PENCIL = _core_.CURSOR_PENCIL
 754 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 755 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 756 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 757 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 758 CURSOR_SIZENESW = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 759 CURSOR_SIZENS = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENS
 760 CURSOR_SIZENWSE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 761 CURSOR_SIZEWE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 762 CURSOR_SIZING = _core_.CURSOR_SIZING
 763 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN = _core_.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 764 CURSOR_WAIT = _core_.CURSOR_WAIT
 765 CURSOR_WATCH = _core_.CURSOR_WATCH
 766 CURSOR_BLANK = _core_.CURSOR_BLANK
 767 CURSOR_DEFAULT = _core_.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 768 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 769 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT = _core_.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 770 CURSOR_MAX = _core_.CURSOR_MAX
 771 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 772
 773 class Size(object):
 774     """
 775     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of
 776     something.  It simply contains integer width and height
 777     properties.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is
 778     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead.
 779     """
 780     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 781     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 782     width = property(_core_.Size_width_get, _core_.Size_width_set)
 783     height = property(_core_.Size_height_get, _core_.Size_height_set)
 784     x = width; y = height
 785     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 786         """
 787         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size
 788
 789         Creates a size object.
 790         """
 791         _core_.Size_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Size(*args, **kwargs))
 792     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Size
 793     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 794     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 795         """
 796         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 797
 798         Test for equality of wx.Size objects.
 799         """
 800         return _core_.Size___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 801
 802     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 803         """
 804         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 805
 806         Test for inequality of wx.Size objects.
 807         """
 808         return _core_.Size___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 809
 810     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 811         """
 812         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 813
 814         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result.
 815         """
 816         return _core_.Size___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 817
 818     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 819         """
 820         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 821
 822         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result.
 823         """
 824         return _core_.Size___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 825
 826     def IncTo(*args, **kwargs):
 827         """
 828         IncTo(self, Size sz)
 829
 830         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less
 831         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 832         """
 833         return _core_.Size_IncTo(*args, **kwargs)
 834
 835     def DecTo(*args, **kwargs):
 836         """
 837         DecTo(self, Size sz)
 838
 839         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater
 840         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 841         """
 842         return _core_.Size_DecTo(*args, **kwargs)
 843
 844     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
 845         """
 846         Scale(self, float xscale, float yscale)
 847
 848         Scales the dimensions of this object by the given factors.
 849         """
 850         return _core_.Size_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
 851
 852     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 853         """
 854         Set(self, int w, int h)
 855
 856         Set both width and height.
 857         """
 858         return _core_.Size_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 859
 860     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 861         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
 862         return _core_.Size_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 863
 864     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 865         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
 866         return _core_.Size_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 867
 868     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 869         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
 870         return _core_.Size_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 871
 872     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 873         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
 874         return _core_.Size_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 875
 876     def IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs):
 877         """
 878         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool
 879
 880         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values.
 881         """
 882         return _core_.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs)
 883
 884     def SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs):
 885         """
 886         SetDefaults(self, Size size)
 887
 888         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components
 889         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other.
 890         """
 891         return _core_.Size_SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs)
 892
 893     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 894         """
 895         Get() -> (width,height)
 896
 897         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple.
 898         """
 899         return _core_.Size_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 900
 901     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 902     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 903     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self.Get())
 904     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 905     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 906     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 907         if index == 0: self.width = val
 908         elif index == 1: self.height = val
 909         else: raise IndexError
 910     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
 911     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 912     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Size, self.Get())
 913
 914 _core_.Size_swigregister(Size)
 915
 916 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 917
 918 class RealPoint(object):
 919     """
 920     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating
 921     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a
 922     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple.
 923     """
 924     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 925     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 926     x = property(_core_.RealPoint_x_get, _core_.RealPoint_x_set)
 927     y = property(_core_.RealPoint_y_get, _core_.RealPoint_y_set)
 928     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 929         """
 930         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint
 931
 932         Create a wx.RealPoint object
 933         """
 934         _core_.RealPoint_swiginit(self,_core_.new_RealPoint(*args, **kwargs))
 935     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_RealPoint
 936     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 937     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 938         """
 939         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 940
 941         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 942         """
 943         return _core_.RealPoint___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 944
 945     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 946         """
 947         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 948
 949         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 950         """
 951         return _core_.RealPoint___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 952
 953     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 954         """
 955         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 956
 957         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
 958         """
 959         return _core_.RealPoint___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 960
 961     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 962         """
 963         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 964
 965         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
 966         """
 967         return _core_.RealPoint___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 968
 969     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 970         """
 971         Set(self, double x, double y)
 972
 973         Set both the x and y properties
 974         """
 975         return _core_.RealPoint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 976
 977     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 978         """
 979         Get() -> (x,y)
 980
 981         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
 982         """
 983         return _core_.RealPoint_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 984
 985     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 986     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 987     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self.Get())
 988     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 989     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 990     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 991         if index == 0: self.x = val
 992         elif index == 1: self.y = val
 993         else: raise IndexError
 994     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
 995     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 996     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.RealPoint, self.Get())
 997
 998 _core_.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPoint)
 999
1000 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1001
1002 class Point(object):
1003     """
1004     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x
1005     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can
1006     also accept a (x,y) tuple.
1007     """
1008     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1009     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1010     x = property(_core_.Point_x_get, _core_.Point_x_set)
1011     y = property(_core_.Point_y_get, _core_.Point_y_set)
1012     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1013         """
1014         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point
1015
1016         Create a wx.Point object
1017         """
1018         _core_.Point_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point(*args, **kwargs))
1019     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point
1020     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1021     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1022         """
1023         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1024
1025         Test for equality of wx.Point objects.
1026         """
1027         return _core_.Point___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1028
1029     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1030         """
1031         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1032
1033         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects.
1034         """
1035         return _core_.Point___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1036
1037     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1038         """
1039         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1040
1041         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
1042         """
1043         return _core_.Point___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1044
1045     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
1046         """
1047         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1048
1049         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
1050         """
1051         return _core_.Point___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
1052
1053     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1054         """
1055         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1056
1057         Add pt to this object.
1058         """
1059         return _core_.Point___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1060
1061     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1062         """
1063         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1064
1065         Subtract pt from this object.
1066         """
1067         return _core_.Point___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1068
1069     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1070         """
1071         Set(self, long x, long y)
1072
1073         Set both the x and y properties
1074         """
1075         return _core_.Point_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1076
1077     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1078         """
1079         Get() -> (x,y)
1080
1081         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
1082         """
1083         return _core_.Point_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1084
1085     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1086     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1087     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self.Get())
1088     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1089     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1090     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1091         if index == 0: self.x = val
1092         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1093         else: raise IndexError
1094     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
1095     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1096     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point, self.Get())
1097
1098 _core_.Point_swigregister(Point)
1099
1100 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1101
1102 class Rect(object):
1103     """
1104     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y,
1105     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a
1106     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple.
1107     """
1108     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1109     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1110     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1111         """
1112         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect
1113
1114         Create a new Rect object.
1115         """
1116         _core_.Rect_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect(*args, **kwargs))
1117     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect
1118     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1119     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
1120         """GetX(self) -> int"""
1121         return _core_.Rect_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
1122
1123     def SetX(*args, **kwargs):
1124         """SetX(self, int x)"""
1125         return _core_.Rect_SetX(*args, **kwargs)
1126
1127     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
1128         """GetY(self) -> int"""
1129         return _core_.Rect_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
1130
1131     def SetY(*args, **kwargs):
1132         """SetY(self, int y)"""
1133         return _core_.Rect_SetY(*args, **kwargs)
1134
1135     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1136         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
1137         return _core_.Rect_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1138
1139     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1140         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
1141         return _core_.Rect_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1142
1143     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1144         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
1145         return _core_.Rect_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1146
1147     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1148         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
1149         return _core_.Rect_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1150
1151     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1152         """GetPosition(self) -> Point"""
1153         return _core_.Rect_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1154
1155     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1156         """SetPosition(self, Point p)"""
1157         return _core_.Rect_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1158
1159     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1160         """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1161         return _core_.Rect_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1162
1163     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1164         """SetSize(self, Size s)"""
1165         return _core_.Rect_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1166
1167     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1168         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1169         return _core_.Rect_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1170
1171     def GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1172         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point"""
1173         return _core_.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1174
1175     def SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1176         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)"""
1177         return _core_.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1178
1179     def GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1180         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point"""
1181         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1182
1183     def SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1184         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)"""
1185         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1186
1187     def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1188         """GetLeft(self) -> int"""
1189         return _core_.Rect_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1190
1191     def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1192         """GetTop(self) -> int"""
1193         return _core_.Rect_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1194
1195     def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1196         """GetBottom(self) -> int"""
1197         return _core_.Rect_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1198
1199     def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1200         """GetRight(self) -> int"""
1201         return _core_.Rect_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1202
1203     def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1204         """SetLeft(self, int left)"""
1205         return _core_.Rect_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1206
1207     def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1208         """SetRight(self, int right)"""
1209         return _core_.Rect_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1210
1211     def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1212         """SetTop(self, int top)"""
1213         return _core_.Rect_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1214
1215     def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1216         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)"""
1217         return _core_.Rect_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1218
1219     position = property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
1220     size = property(GetSize, SetSize)
1221     left = property(GetLeft, SetLeft)
1222     right = property(GetRight, SetRight)
1223     top = property(GetTop, SetTop)
1224     bottom = property(GetBottom, SetBottom)
1225
1226     def Inflate(*args, **kwargs):
1227         """
1228         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1229
1230         Increases the size of the rectangle.
1231
1232         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved
1233         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the
1234         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and
1235         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``,
1236         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the
1237         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective
1238         direction.
1239
1240         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a
1241         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy
1242         first::
1243
1244             copy = wx.Rect(*original)
1245             copy.Inflate(10,15)
1246
1247
1248         """
1249         return _core_.Rect_Inflate(*args, **kwargs)
1250
1251     def Deflate(*args, **kwargs):
1252         """
1253         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1254
1255         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate`
1256         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to
1257         `Inflate` for a full description.
1258         """
1259         return _core_.Rect_Deflate(*args, **kwargs)
1260
1261     def OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs):
1262         """
1263         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy)
1264
1265         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the
1266         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the
1267         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively.
1268         """
1269         return _core_.Rect_OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs)
1270
1271     def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1272         """
1273         Offset(self, Point pt)
1274
1275         Same as `OffsetXY` but uses dx,dy from Point
1276         """
1277         return _core_.Rect_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1278
1279     def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1280         """
1281         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1282
1283         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect.
1284         """
1285         return _core_.Rect_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1286
1287     def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1288         """
1289         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1290
1291         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect.
1292         """
1293         return _core_.Rect_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1294
1295     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1296         """
1297         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1298
1299         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result.
1300         """
1301         return _core_.Rect___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1302
1303     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1304         """
1305         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1306
1307         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle.
1308         """
1309         return _core_.Rect___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1310
1311     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1312         """
1313         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1314
1315         Test for equality of wx.Rect objects.
1316         """
1317         return _core_.Rect___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1318
1319     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1320         """
1321         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1322
1323         Test for inequality of wx.Rect objects.
1324         """
1325         return _core_.Rect___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1326
1327     def ContainsXY(*args, **kwargs):
1328         """
1329         ContainsXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool
1330
1331         Return True if the point is inside the rect.
1332         """
1333         return _core_.Rect_ContainsXY(*args, **kwargs)
1334
1335     def Contains(*args, **kwargs):
1336         """
1337         Contains(self, Point pt) -> bool
1338
1339         Return True if the point is inside the rect.
1340         """
1341         return _core_.Rect_Contains(*args, **kwargs)
1342
1343     def ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs):
1344         """
1345         ContainsRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1346
1347         Returns ``True`` if the given rectangle is completely inside this
1348         rectangle or touches its boundary.
1349         """
1350         return _core_.Rect_ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs)
1351
1352     Inside = wx._deprecated(Contains, "Use `Contains` instead.")
1353     InsideXY = wx._deprecated(ContainsXY, "Use `ContainsXY` instead.")
1354     InsideRect = wx._deprecated(ContainsRect, "Use `ContainsRect` instead.")
1355
1356     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1357         """
1358         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1359
1360         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection.
1361         """
1362         return _core_.Rect_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1363
1364     def CenterIn(*args, **kwargs):
1365         """
1366         CenterIn(self, Rect r, int dir=BOTH) -> Rect
1367
1368         Center this rectangle within the one passed to the method, which is
1369         usually, but not necessarily, the larger one.
1370         """
1371         return _core_.Rect_CenterIn(*args, **kwargs)
1372
1373     CentreIn = CenterIn
1374     x = property(_core_.Rect_x_get, _core_.Rect_x_set)
1375     y = property(_core_.Rect_y_get, _core_.Rect_y_set)
1376     width = property(_core_.Rect_width_get, _core_.Rect_width_set)
1377     height = property(_core_.Rect_height_get, _core_.Rect_height_set)
1378     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1379         """
1380         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0)
1381
1382         Set all rectangle properties.
1383         """
1384         return _core_.Rect_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1385
1386     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1387         """
1388         Get() -> (x,y,width,height)
1389
1390         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple.
1391         """
1392         return _core_.Rect_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1393
1394     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1395     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1396     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self.Get())
1397     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1398     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1399     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1400         if index == 0: self.x = val
1401         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1402         elif index == 2: self.width = val
1403         elif index == 3: self.height = val
1404         else: raise IndexError
1405     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0,0,0)
1406     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1407     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Rect, self.Get())
1408
1409     Bottom = property(GetBottom,SetBottom,doc="See `GetBottom` and `SetBottom`")
1410     BottomRight = property(GetBottomRight,SetBottomRight,doc="See `GetBottomRight` and `SetBottomRight`")
1411     Height = property(GetHeight,SetHeight,doc="See `GetHeight` and `SetHeight`")
1412     Left = property(GetLeft,SetLeft,doc="See `GetLeft` and `SetLeft`")
1413     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
1414     Right = property(GetRight,SetRight,doc="See `GetRight` and `SetRight`")
1415     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
1416     Top = property(GetTop,SetTop,doc="See `GetTop` and `SetTop`")
1417     TopLeft = property(GetTopLeft,SetTopLeft,doc="See `GetTopLeft` and `SetTopLeft`")
1418     Width = property(GetWidth,SetWidth,doc="See `GetWidth` and `SetWidth`")
1419     X = property(GetX,SetX,doc="See `GetX` and `SetX`")
1420     Y = property(GetY,SetY,doc="See `GetY` and `SetY`")
1421     Empty = property(IsEmpty,doc="See `IsEmpty`")
1422 _core_.Rect_swigregister(Rect)
1423
1424 def RectPP(*args, **kwargs):
1425     """
1426     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect
1427
1428     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners.
1429     """
1430     val = _core_.new_RectPP(*args, **kwargs)
1431     return val
1432
1433 def RectPS(*args, **kwargs):
1434     """
1435     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect
1436
1437     Create a new Rect from a position and size.
1438     """
1439     val = _core_.new_RectPS(*args, **kwargs)
1440     return val
1441
1442 def RectS(*args, **kwargs):
1443     """
1444     RectS(Size size) -> Rect
1445
1446     Create a new Rect from a size only.
1447     """
1448     val = _core_.new_RectS(*args, **kwargs)
1449     return val
1450
1451
1452 def IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs):
1453   """
1454     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect
1455
1456     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2.
1457     """
1458   return _core_.IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs)
1459 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1460
1461 class Point2D(object):
1462     """
1463     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system
1464     with floating point values.
1465     """
1466     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1467     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1468     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1469         """
1470         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D
1471
1472         Create a w.Point2D object.
1473         """
1474         _core_.Point2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point2D(*args, **kwargs))
1475     def GetFloor(*args, **kwargs):
1476         """
1477         GetFloor() -> (x,y)
1478
1479         Convert to integer
1480         """
1481         return _core_.Point2D_GetFloor(*args, **kwargs)
1482
1483     def GetRounded(*args, **kwargs):
1484         """
1485         GetRounded() -> (x,y)
1486
1487         Convert to integer
1488         """
1489         return _core_.Point2D_GetRounded(*args, **kwargs)
1490
1491     def GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1492         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double"""
1493         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1494
1495     def GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1496         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double"""
1497         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1498
1499     def SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1500         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)"""
1501         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1502
1503     def SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1504         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)"""
1505         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1506
1507     def SetPolarCoordinates(self, angle, length):
1508         self.SetVectorLength(length)
1509         self.SetVectorAngle(angle)
1510     def Normalize(self):
1511         self.SetVectorLength(1.0)
1512
1513     def GetDistance(*args, **kwargs):
1514         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1515         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistance(*args, **kwargs)
1516
1517     def GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs):
1518         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1519         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs)
1520
1521     def GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1522         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1523         return _core_.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1524
1525     def GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1526         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1527         return _core_.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1528
1529     def __neg__(*args, **kwargs):
1530         """
1531         __neg__(self) -> Point2D
1532
1533         the reflection of this point
1534         """
1535         return _core_.Point2D___neg__(*args, **kwargs)
1536
1537     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1538         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1539         return _core_.Point2D___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1540
1541     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1542         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1543         return _core_.Point2D___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1544
1545     def __imul__(*args, **kwargs):
1546         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1547         return _core_.Point2D___imul__(*args, **kwargs)
1548
1549     def __idiv__(*args, **kwargs):
1550         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1551         return _core_.Point2D___idiv__(*args, **kwargs)
1552
1553     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1554         """
1555         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1556
1557         Test for equality of wx.Point2D objects.
1558         """
1559         return _core_.Point2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1560
1561     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1562         """
1563         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1564
1565         Test for inequality of wx.Point2D objects.
1566         """
1567         return _core_.Point2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1568
1569     x = property(_core_.Point2D_x_get, _core_.Point2D_x_set)
1570     y = property(_core_.Point2D_y_get, _core_.Point2D_y_set)
1571     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1572         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)"""
1573         return _core_.Point2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1574
1575     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1576         """
1577         Get() -> (x,y)
1578
1579         Return x and y properties as a tuple.
1580         """
1581         return _core_.Point2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1582
1583     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1584     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1585     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self.Get())
1586     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1587     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1588     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1589         if index == 0: self.x = val
1590         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1591         else: raise IndexError
1592     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1593     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1594     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point2D, self.Get())
1595
1596     Floor = property(GetFloor,doc="See `GetFloor`")
1597     Rounded = property(GetRounded,doc="See `GetRounded`")
1598     VectorAngle = property(GetVectorAngle,SetVectorAngle,doc="See `GetVectorAngle` and `SetVectorAngle`")
1599     VectorLength = property(GetVectorLength,SetVectorLength,doc="See `GetVectorLength` and `SetVectorLength`")
1600 _core_.Point2D_swigregister(Point2D)
1601
1602 def Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs):
1603     """
1604     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D
1605
1606     Create a w.Point2D object.
1607     """
1608     val = _core_.new_Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs)
1609     return val
1610
1611 def Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs):
1612     """
1613     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D
1614
1615     Create a w.Point2D object.
1616     """
1617     val = _core_.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs)
1618     return val
1619
1620 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1621
1622 FromStart = _core_.FromStart
1623 FromCurrent = _core_.FromCurrent
1624 FromEnd = _core_.FromEnd
1625 class InputStream(object):
1626     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class"""
1627     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1628     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1629     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1630         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream"""
1631         _core_.InputStream_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InputStream(*args, **kwargs))
1632     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_InputStream
1633     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1634     def close(*args, **kwargs):
1635         """close(self)"""
1636         return _core_.InputStream_close(*args, **kwargs)
1637
1638     def flush(*args, **kwargs):
1639         """flush(self)"""
1640         return _core_.InputStream_flush(*args, **kwargs)
1641
1642     def eof(*args, **kwargs):
1643         """eof(self) -> bool"""
1644         return _core_.InputStream_eof(*args, **kwargs)
1645
1646     def read(*args, **kwargs):
1647         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1648         return _core_.InputStream_read(*args, **kwargs)
1649
1650     def readline(*args, **kwargs):
1651         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1652         return _core_.InputStream_readline(*args, **kwargs)
1653
1654     def readlines(*args, **kwargs):
1655         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject"""
1656         return _core_.InputStream_readlines(*args, **kwargs)
1657
1658     def seek(*args, **kwargs):
1659         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)"""
1660         return _core_.InputStream_seek(*args, **kwargs)
1661
1662     def tell(*args, **kwargs):
1663         """tell(self) -> int"""
1664         return _core_.InputStream_tell(*args, **kwargs)
1665
1666     def Peek(*args, **kwargs):
1667         """Peek(self) -> char"""
1668         return _core_.InputStream_Peek(*args, **kwargs)
1669
1670     def GetC(*args, **kwargs):
1671         """GetC(self) -> char"""
1672         return _core_.InputStream_GetC(*args, **kwargs)
1673
1674     def LastRead(*args, **kwargs):
1675         """LastRead(self) -> size_t"""
1676         return _core_.InputStream_LastRead(*args, **kwargs)
1677
1678     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1679         """CanRead(self) -> bool"""
1680         return _core_.InputStream_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
1681
1682     def Eof(*args, **kwargs):
1683         """Eof(self) -> bool"""
1684         return _core_.InputStream_Eof(*args, **kwargs)
1685
1686     def Ungetch(*args, **kwargs):
1687         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool"""
1688         return _core_.InputStream_Ungetch(*args, **kwargs)
1689
1690     def SeekI(*args, **kwargs):
1691         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long"""
1692         return _core_.InputStream_SeekI(*args, **kwargs)
1693
1694     def TellI(*args, **kwargs):
1695         """TellI(self) -> long"""
1696         return _core_.InputStream_TellI(*args, **kwargs)
1697
1698 _core_.InputStream_swigregister(InputStream)
1699 DefaultPosition = cvar.DefaultPosition
1700 DefaultSize = cvar.DefaultSize
1701
1702 class OutputStream(object):
1703     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class"""
1704     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1705     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1706     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1707     def write(*args, **kwargs):
1708         """write(self, PyObject obj)"""
1709         return _core_.OutputStream_write(*args, **kwargs)
1710
1711     def LastWrite(*args, **kwargs):
1712         """LastWrite(self) -> size_t"""
1713         return _core_.OutputStream_LastWrite(*args, **kwargs)
1714
1715 _core_.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStream)
1716
1717 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1718
1719 class FSFile(Object):
1720     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class"""
1721     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1722     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1723     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1724         """
1725         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,
1726             DateTime modif) -> FSFile
1727         """
1728         _core_.FSFile_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FSFile(*args, **kwargs))
1729     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FSFile
1730     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1731     def GetStream(*args, **kwargs):
1732         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream"""
1733         return _core_.FSFile_GetStream(*args, **kwargs)
1734
1735     def DetachStream(*args, **kwargs):
1736         """DetachStream(self)"""
1737         return _core_.FSFile_DetachStream(*args, **kwargs)
1738
1739     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1740         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1741         return _core_.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
1742
1743     def GetLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1744         """GetLocation(self) -> String"""
1745         return _core_.FSFile_GetLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1746
1747     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1748         """GetAnchor(self) -> String"""
1749         return _core_.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1750
1751     def GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs):
1752         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime"""
1753         return _core_.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs)
1754
1755     Anchor = property(GetAnchor,doc="See `GetAnchor`")
1756     Location = property(GetLocation,doc="See `GetLocation`")
1757     MimeType = property(GetMimeType,doc="See `GetMimeType`")
1758     ModificationTime = property(GetModificationTime,doc="See `GetModificationTime`")
1759     Stream = property(GetStream,doc="See `GetStream`")
1760 _core_.FSFile_swigregister(FSFile)
1761
1762 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object):
1763     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class"""
1764     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1765     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1766     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1767     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_CPPFileSystemHandler
1768     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1769 _core_.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandler)
1770
1771 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1772     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class"""
1773     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1774     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1775     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1776         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler"""
1777         _core_.FileSystemHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystemHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1778         self._setCallbackInfo(self, FileSystemHandler)
1779
1780     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
1781         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
1782         return _core_.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
1783
1784     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1785         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1786         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1787
1788     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1789         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1790         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1791
1792     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1793         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1794         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1795
1796     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1797         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1798         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1799
1800     def GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs):
1801         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String"""
1802         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs)
1803
1804     def GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1805         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1806         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1807
1808     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1809         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String"""
1810         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1811
1812     def GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1813         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1814         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1815
1816     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs):
1817         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String"""
1818         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs)
1819
1820     Anchor = property(GetAnchor,doc="See `GetAnchor`")
1821     LeftLocation = property(GetLeftLocation,doc="See `GetLeftLocation`")
1822     MimeTypeFromExt = property(GetMimeTypeFromExt,doc="See `GetMimeTypeFromExt`")
1823     Protocol = property(GetProtocol,doc="See `GetProtocol`")
1824     RightLocation = property(GetRightLocation,doc="See `GetRightLocation`")
1825 _core_.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandler)
1826
1827 class FileSystem(Object):
1828     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class"""
1829     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1830     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1831     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1832         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem"""
1833         _core_.FileSystem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystem(*args, **kwargs))
1834     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FileSystem
1835     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1836     def ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs):
1837         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)"""
1838         return _core_.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs)
1839
1840     def GetPath(*args, **kwargs):
1841         """GetPath(self) -> String"""
1842         return _core_.FileSystem_GetPath(*args, **kwargs)
1843
1844     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1845         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile"""
1846         return _core_.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1847
1848     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1849         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1850         return _core_.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1851
1852     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1853         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1854         return _core_.FileSystem_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1855
1856     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1857         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1858         return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1859
1860     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
1861     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1862         """RemoveHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler) -> CPPFileSystemHandler"""
1863         return _core_.FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1864
1865     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
1866     def CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
1867         """CleanUpHandlers()"""
1868         return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
1869
1870     CleanUpHandlers = staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers)
1871     def FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1872         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1873         return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1874
1875     FileNameToURL = staticmethod(FileNameToURL)
1876     def URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1877         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1878         return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1879
1880     URLToFileName = staticmethod(URLToFileName)
1881     Path = property(GetPath,doc="See `GetPath`")
1882 _core_.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystem)
1883
1884 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1885   """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1886   return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1887
1888 def FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1889   """FileSystem_RemoveHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler) -> CPPFileSystemHandler"""
1890   return _core_.FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1891
1892 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args):
1893   """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()"""
1894   return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args)
1895
1896 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1897   """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1898   return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1899
1900 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1901   """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1902   return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1903
1904 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1905     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class"""
1906     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1907     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1908     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1909         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler"""
1910         _core_.InternetFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InternetFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1911     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1912         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1913         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1914
1915     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1916         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1917         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1918
1919 _core_.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandler)
1920
1921 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1922     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class"""
1923     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1924     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1925     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1926         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler"""
1927         _core_.ZipFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ZipFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1928     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1929         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1930         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1931
1932     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1933         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1934         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1935
1936     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1937         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1938         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1939
1940     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1941         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1942         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1943
1944 _core_.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandler)
1945
1946
1947 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs):
1948   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)"""
1949   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs)
1950
1951 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
1952   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)"""
1953   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
1954
1955 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs):
1956   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)"""
1957   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs)
1958 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename, dataItem, imgType=-1):
1959     """
1960     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can
1961     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain
1962     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType
1963     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be
1964     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc.
1965     """
1966     if isinstance(dataItem, wx.Image):
1967         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1968     elif isinstance(dataItem, wx.Bitmap):
1969         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1970     elif type(dataItem) == str:
1971         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename, dataItem)
1972     else:
1973         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected'
1974
1975 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1976     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class"""
1977     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1978     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1979     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1980         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler"""
1981         _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1982     def RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1983         """RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1984         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1985
1986     RemoveFile = staticmethod(RemoveFile)
1987     AddFile = staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile)
1988     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1989         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1990         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1991
1992     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1993         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1994         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1995
1996     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1997         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1998         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1999
2000     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
2001         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2002         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
2003
2004 _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandler)
2005
2006 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2007   """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)"""
2008   return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2009
2010 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
2011 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
2012 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
2013 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2014
2015 class ImageHandler(Object):
2016     """
2017     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2018     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not
2019     normally seen by the application.
2020     """
2021     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2022     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
2023     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2024     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
2025         """GetName(self) -> String"""
2026         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
2027
2028     def GetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2029         """GetExtension(self) -> String"""
2030         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2031
2032     def GetType(*args, **kwargs):
2033         """GetType(self) -> long"""
2034         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetType(*args, **kwargs)
2035
2036     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2037         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
2038         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2039
2040     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2041         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool"""
2042         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2043
2044     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2045         """CanReadStream(self, InputStream stream) -> bool"""
2046         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2047
2048     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
2049         """SetName(self, String name)"""
2050         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
2051
2052     def SetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2053         """SetExtension(self, String extension)"""
2054         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2055
2056     def SetType(*args, **kwargs):
2057         """SetType(self, long type)"""
2058         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetType(*args, **kwargs)
2059
2060     def SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2061         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)"""
2062         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2063
2064     Extension = property(GetExtension,SetExtension,doc="See `GetExtension` and `SetExtension`")
2065     MimeType = property(GetMimeType,SetMimeType,doc="See `GetMimeType` and `SetMimeType`")
2066     Name = property(GetName,SetName,doc="See `GetName` and `SetName`")
2067     Type = property(GetType,SetType,doc="See `GetType` and `SetType`")
2068 _core_.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandler)
2069
2070 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler):
2071     """
2072     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2073     image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2074     image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2075     the following methods::
2076
2077         def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2078             '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2079
2080         def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2081             '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2082
2083         def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2084             '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2085                this handler's image file format.'''
2086
2087         def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2088             '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2089                how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2090
2091     To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2092     `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2093     `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2094
2095     """
2096     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2097     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2098     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2099         """
2100         __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler
2101
2102         This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2103         image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2104         image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2105         the following methods::
2106
2107             def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2108                 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2109
2110             def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2111                 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2112
2113             def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2114                 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2115                    this handler's image file format.'''
2116
2117             def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2118                 '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2119                    how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2120
2121         To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2122         `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2123         `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2124
2125         """
2126         _core_.PyImageHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyImageHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2127         self._SetSelf(self)
2128
2129     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
2130         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
2131         return _core_.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
2132
2133 _core_.PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandler)
2134
2135 class ImageHistogram(object):
2136     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class"""
2137     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2138     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2139     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2140         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram"""
2141         _core_.ImageHistogram_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ImageHistogram(*args, **kwargs))
2142     def MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2143         """
2144         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2145
2146         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2147         """
2148         return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2149
2150     MakeKey = staticmethod(MakeKey)
2151     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2152         """
2153         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2154
2155         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2156         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2157         success flag and rgb values.
2158         """
2159         return _core_.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2160
2161     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
2162         """
2163         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long
2164
2165         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a
2166         key value from a RGB tripple.
2167         """
2168         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
2169
2170     def GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2171         """
2172         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2173
2174         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values.
2175         """
2176         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2177
2178     def GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs):
2179         """
2180         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long
2181
2182         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value.
2183         """
2184         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs)
2185
2186 _core_.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogram)
2187
2188 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2189   """
2190     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2191
2192     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2193     """
2194   return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2195
2196 class Image_RGBValue(object):
2197     """
2198     An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent
2199     the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2200     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB
2201     color space.
2202     """
2203     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2204     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2205     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2206         """
2207         __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue
2208
2209         Constructor.
2210         """
2211         _core_.Image_RGBValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_RGBValue(*args, **kwargs))
2212     red = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_red_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_red_set)
2213     green = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_green_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_green_set)
2214     blue = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_set)
2215 _core_.Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValue)
2216
2217 class Image_HSVValue(object):
2218     """
2219     An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which
2220     represent the value of a color.  It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2221     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB
2222     color space.
2223     """
2224     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2225     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2226     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2227         """
2228         __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue
2229
2230         Constructor.
2231         """
2232         _core_.Image_HSVValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_HSVValue(*args, **kwargs))
2233     hue = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_set)
2234     saturation = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set)
2235     value = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_value_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_value_set)
2236 _core_.Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValue)
2237
2238 class Image(Object):
2239     """
2240     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from
2241     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a
2242     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image
2243     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation.
2244
2245     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a
2246     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the
2247     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a
2248     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`.
2249
2250     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will
2251     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the
2252     bitmap object.
2253
2254     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte
2255     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also
2256     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0
2257     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255
2258     means that the pixel is 100% opaque.
2259
2260     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using
2261     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel
2262     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files
2263     with transparency information will have an alpha channel.
2264     """
2265     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2266     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2267     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2268         """
2269         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2270
2271         Loads an image from a file.
2272         """
2273         _core_.Image_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image(*args, **kwargs))
2274     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Image
2275     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2276     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
2277         """
2278         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True)
2279
2280         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be
2281         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized.
2282         """
2283         return _core_.Image_Create(*args, **kwargs)
2284
2285     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
2286         """
2287         Destroy(self)
2288
2289         Destroys the image data.
2290         """
2291         val = _core_.Image_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
2292         args[0].thisown = 0
2293         return val
2294
2295     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
2296         """
2297         Scale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2298
2299         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling
2300         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a
2301         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`.
2302         """
2303         return _core_.Image_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
2304
2305     def ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs):
2306         """
2307         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image
2308
2309         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors.
2310         """
2311         return _core_.Image_ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs)
2312
2313     def Rescale(*args, **kwargs):
2314         """
2315         Rescale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2316
2317         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to
2318         this function, the image will have the given width and height.
2319
2320         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2321         """
2322         return _core_.Image_Rescale(*args, **kwargs)
2323
2324     def Resize(*args, **kwargs):
2325         """
2326         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2327
2328         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding
2329         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2330         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2331         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new
2332         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2333         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2334         newly exposed areas.
2335
2336         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2337         """
2338         return _core_.Image_Resize(*args, **kwargs)
2339
2340     def SetRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2341         """
2342         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2343
2344         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs
2345         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to
2346         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that
2347         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to
2348         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method.
2349         """
2350         return _core_.Image_SetRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2351
2352     def SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs):
2353         """
2354         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2355
2356         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine
2357         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a
2358         safe way to manipulate the data.
2359         """
2360         return _core_.Image_SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs)
2361
2362     def GetRed(*args, **kwargs):
2363         """
2364         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2365
2366         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate.
2367         """
2368         return _core_.Image_GetRed(*args, **kwargs)
2369
2370     def GetGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2371         """
2372         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2373
2374         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate.
2375         """
2376         return _core_.Image_GetGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2377
2378     def GetBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2379         """
2380         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2381
2382         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate.
2383         """
2384         return _core_.Image_GetBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2385
2386     def SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2387         """
2388         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha)
2389
2390         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be
2391         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check
2392         for this.
2393         """
2394         return _core_.Image_SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2395
2396     def GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2397         """
2398         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2399
2400         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be
2401         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for
2402         this.
2403
2404         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0
2405         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to
2406         the fully opaque pixels.
2407         """
2408         return _core_.Image_GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2409
2410     def HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2411         """
2412         HasAlpha(self) -> bool
2413
2414         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise.
2415         """
2416         return _core_.Image_HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2417
2418     def InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2419         """
2420         InitAlpha(self)
2421
2422         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if
2423         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by
2424         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image
2425         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent.
2426         """
2427         return _core_.Image_InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2428
2429     def IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
2430         """
2431         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2432
2433         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less
2434         than the spcified threshold.
2435         """
2436         return _core_.Image_IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
2437
2438     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2439         """
2440         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2441
2442         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2443         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2444         success flag and rgb values.
2445         """
2446         return _core_.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2447
2448     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs):
2449         """
2450         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2451
2452         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All
2453         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the
2454         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is
2455         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`.
2456
2457         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does
2458         nothing.
2459         """
2460         return _core_.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs)
2461
2462     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2463         """
2464         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool
2465
2466         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is
2467         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey)
2468         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC
2469         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although
2470         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This
2471         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text.
2472         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given.
2473         """
2474         return _core_.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2475
2476     def SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs):
2477         """
2478         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool
2479
2480         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of
2481         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done
2482         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as
2483         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the
2484         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value.
2485
2486         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the
2487         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the
2488         mask was successfully applied.
2489
2490         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is
2491         computationally intensive operation.
2492         """
2493         return _core_.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs)
2494
2495     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2496         """
2497         CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2498
2499         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2500         """
2501         return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2502
2503     CanRead = staticmethod(CanRead)
2504     def GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2505         """
2506         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2507
2508         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2509         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2510         the number of available images.
2511         """
2512         return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2513
2514     GetImageCount = staticmethod(GetImageCount)
2515     def LoadFile(*args, **kwargs):
2516         """
2517         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2518
2519         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the
2520         library will try to autodetect the format.
2521         """
2522         return _core_.Image_LoadFile(*args, **kwargs)
2523
2524     def LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2525         """
2526         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2527
2528         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type
2529         string.
2530         """
2531         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2532
2533     def SaveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2534         """
2535         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool
2536
2537         Saves an image in the named file.
2538         """
2539         return _core_.Image_SaveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2540
2541     def SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2542         """
2543         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool
2544
2545         Saves an image in the named file.
2546         """
2547         return _core_.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2548
2549     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2550         """
2551         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2552
2553         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2554         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2555         object.
2556         """
2557         return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2558
2559     CanReadStream = staticmethod(CanReadStream)
2560     def LoadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2561         """
2562         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2563
2564         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2565         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to
2566         autodetect the format.
2567         """
2568         return _core_.Image_LoadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2569
2570     def LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs):
2571         """
2572         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2573
2574         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2575         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format.
2576         """
2577         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs)
2578
2579     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
2580         """
2581         Ok(self) -> bool
2582
2583         Returns true if image data is present.
2584         """
2585         return _core_.Image_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
2586
2587     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
2588         """
2589         GetWidth(self) -> int
2590
2591         Gets the width of the image in pixels.
2592         """
2593         return _core_.Image_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
2594
2595     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
2596         """
2597         GetHeight(self) -> int
2598
2599         Gets the height of the image in pixels.
2600         """
2601         return _core_.Image_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
2602
2603     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
2604         """
2605         GetSize(self) -> Size
2606
2607         Returns the size of the image in pixels.
2608         """
2609         return _core_.Image_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
2610
2611     def GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs):
2612         """
2613         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image
2614
2615         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs
2616         entirely to the image.
2617         """
2618         return _core_.Image_GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs)
2619
2620     def Size(*args, **kwargs):
2621         """
2622         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2623
2624         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding
2625         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2626         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2627         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new
2628         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2629         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2630         newly exposed areas.
2631         """
2632         return _core_.Image_Size(*args, **kwargs)
2633
2634     def Copy(*args, **kwargs):
2635         """
2636         Copy(self) -> Image
2637
2638         Returns an identical copy of the image.
2639         """
2640         return _core_.Image_Copy(*args, **kwargs)
2641
2642     def Paste(*args, **kwargs):
2643         """
2644         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y)
2645
2646         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour
2647         and any out of bounds problems.
2648         """
2649         return _core_.Image_Paste(*args, **kwargs)
2650
2651     def GetData(*args, **kwargs):
2652         """
2653         GetData(self) -> PyObject
2654
2655         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image.
2656         """
2657         return _core_.Image_GetData(*args, **kwargs)
2658
2659     def SetData(*args, **kwargs):
2660         """
2661         SetData(self, buffer data)
2662
2663         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts
2664         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of
2665         the data must be width*height*3.
2666         """
2667         return _core_.Image_SetData(*args, **kwargs)
2668
2669     def GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2670         """
2671         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2672
2673         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB
2674         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do
2675         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2676         """
2677         return _core_.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2678
2679     def SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2680         """
2681         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data)
2682
2683         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer
2684         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2685         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does.
2686         """
2687         return _core_.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2688
2689     def GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2690         """
2691         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject
2692
2693         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image.
2694         """
2695         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2696
2697     def SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2698         """
2699         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha)
2700
2701         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either
2702         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the
2703         data must be width*height.
2704         """
2705         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2706
2707     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2708         """
2709         GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2710
2711         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the Alpha
2712         data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do not
2713         use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2714         """
2715         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2716
2717     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2718         """
2719         SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)
2720
2721         Sets the internal image alpha pointer to point at a Python buffer
2722         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2723         ensure that the buffer object lives as long as the wx.Image does.
2724         """
2725         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2726
2727     def SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2728         """
2729         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2730
2731         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the
2732         mask).
2733         """
2734         return _core_.Image_SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2735
2736     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2737         """
2738         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b)
2739
2740         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour.
2741         """
2742         return _core_.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2743
2744     def GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs):
2745         """
2746         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte
2747
2748         Gets the red component of the mask colour.
2749         """
2750         return _core_.Image_GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs)
2751
2752     def GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2753         """
2754         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte
2755
2756         Gets the green component of the mask colour.
2757         """
2758         return _core_.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2759
2760     def GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2761         """
2762         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte
2763
2764         Gets the blue component of the mask colour.
2765         """
2766         return _core_.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2767
2768     def SetMask(*args, **kwargs):
2769         """
2770         SetMask(self, bool mask=True)
2771
2772         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is
2773         determined by the current mask colour.
2774         """
2775         return _core_.Image_SetMask(*args, **kwargs)
2776
2777     def HasMask(*args, **kwargs):
2778         """
2779         HasMask(self) -> bool
2780
2781         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise.
2782         """
2783         return _core_.Image_HasMask(*args, **kwargs)
2784
2785     def Rotate(*args, **kwargs):
2786         """
2787         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,
2788             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image
2789
2790         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing
2791         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is
2792         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the
2793         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black
2794         will be used as the fill colour.
2795
2796         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact.
2797         """
2798         return _core_.Image_Rotate(*args, **kwargs)
2799
2800     def Rotate90(*args, **kwargs):
2801         """
2802         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image
2803
2804         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction
2805         indicated by ``clockwise``.
2806         """
2807         return _core_.Image_Rotate90(*args, **kwargs)
2808
2809     def Mirror(*args, **kwargs):
2810         """
2811         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image
2812
2813         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally``
2814         indicates the orientation.
2815         """
2816         return _core_.Image_Mirror(*args, **kwargs)
2817
2818     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
2819         """
2820         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2)
2821
2822         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour
2823         ``(r2,g2,b2)``.
2824         """
2825         return _core_.Image_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
2826
2827     def ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs):
2828         """
2829         ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image
2830
2831         Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the
2832         image.  The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb),
2833         defaults to ITU-T BT.601
2834         """
2835         return _core_.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs)
2836
2837     def ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs):
2838         """
2839         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image
2840
2841         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has
2842         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black
2843         colour everywhere else.
2844         """
2845         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs)
2846
2847     def SetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2848         """
2849         SetOption(self, String name, String value)
2850
2851         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a
2852         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a
2853         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good).
2854         """
2855         return _core_.Image_SetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2856
2857     def SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2858         """
2859         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value)
2860
2861         Sets an image option as an integer.
2862         """
2863         return _core_.Image_SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2864
2865     def GetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2866         """
2867         GetOption(self, String name) -> String
2868
2869         Gets the value of an image handler option.
2870         """
2871         return _core_.Image_GetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2872
2873     def GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2874         """
2875         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int
2876
2877         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given
2878         option is not present, the function returns 0.
2879         """
2880         return _core_.Image_GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2881
2882     def HasOption(*args, **kwargs):
2883         """
2884         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool
2885
2886         Returns true if the given option is present.
2887         """
2888         return _core_.Image_HasOption(*args, **kwargs)
2889
2890     def CountColours(*args, **kwargs):
2891         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long"""
2892         return _core_.Image_CountColours(*args, **kwargs)
2893
2894     def ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs):
2895         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long"""
2896         return _core_.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs)
2897
2898     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2899         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2900         return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2901
2902     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
2903     def InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2904         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2905         return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2906
2907     InsertHandler = staticmethod(InsertHandler)
2908     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2909         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
2910         return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2911
2912     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
2913     def GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
2914         """GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
2915         return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
2916
2917     GetHandlers = staticmethod(GetHandlers)
2918     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs):
2919         """
2920         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
2921
2922         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
2923         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
2924         dialog boxes.
2925         """
2926         return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs)
2927
2928     GetImageExtWildcard = staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard)
2929     def ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2930         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap"""
2931         return _core_.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2932
2933     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2934         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap"""
2935         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2936
2937     def RotateHue(*args, **kwargs):
2938         """
2939         RotateHue(self, double angle)
2940
2941         Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the
2942         range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees
2943         """
2944         return _core_.Image_RotateHue(*args, **kwargs)
2945
2946     def RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
2947         """
2948         RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
2949
2950         Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
2951         """
2952         return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
2953
2954     RGBtoHSV = staticmethod(RGBtoHSV)
2955     def HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2956         """
2957         HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
2958
2959         Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
2960         """
2961         return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2962
2963     HSVtoRGB = staticmethod(HSVtoRGB)
2964     def __nonzero__(self): return self.Ok()
2965     AlphaBuffer = property(GetAlphaBuffer,SetAlphaBuffer,doc="See `GetAlphaBuffer` and `SetAlphaBuffer`")
2966     AlphaData = property(GetAlphaData,SetAlphaData,doc="See `GetAlphaData` and `SetAlphaData`")
2967     Data = property(GetData,SetData,doc="See `GetData` and `SetData`")
2968     DataBuffer = property(GetDataBuffer,SetDataBuffer,doc="See `GetDataBuffer` and `SetDataBuffer`")
2969     Height = property(GetHeight,doc="See `GetHeight`")
2970     MaskBlue = property(GetMaskBlue,doc="See `GetMaskBlue`")
2971     MaskGreen = property(GetMaskGreen,doc="See `GetMaskGreen`")
2972     MaskRed = property(GetMaskRed,doc="See `GetMaskRed`")
2973     Size = property(GetSize,doc="See `GetSize`")
2974     Width = property(GetWidth,doc="See `GetWidth`")
2975 _core_.Image_swigregister(Image)
2976
2977 def ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs):
2978     """
2979     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2980
2981     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as
2982     'image/jpeg') to specify image type.
2983     """
2984     val = _core_.new_ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs)
2985     return val
2986
2987 def ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs):
2988     """
2989     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2990
2991     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2992     object.
2993     """
2994     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs)
2995     return val
2996
2997 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs):
2998     """
2999     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
3000
3001     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
3002     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string.
3003     """
3004     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs)
3005     return val
3006
3007 def EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs):
3008     """
3009     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image
3010
3011     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all
3012     pixels to black.
3013     """
3014     val = _core_.new_EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs)
3015     return val
3016
3017 def ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
3018     """
3019     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image
3020
3021     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`.
3022     """
3023     val = _core_.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
3024     return val
3025
3026 def ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs):
3027     """
3028     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image
3029
3030     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a
3031     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data
3032     must be width*height*3.
3033     """
3034     val = _core_.new_ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs)
3035     return val
3036
3037 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
3038     """
3039     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image
3040
3041     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel.
3042     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the
3043     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the
3044     alpha data must be width*height bytes.
3045     """
3046     val = _core_.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
3047     return val
3048
3049 def Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
3050   """
3051     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool
3052
3053     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
3054     """
3055   return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
3056
3057 def Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
3058   """
3059     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
3060
3061     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
3062     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
3063     the number of available images.
3064     """
3065   return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
3066
3067 def Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
3068   """
3069     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
3070
3071     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
3072     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
3073     object.
3074     """
3075   return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
3076
3077 def Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3078   """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3079   return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3080
3081 def Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3082   """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3083   return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3084
3085 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3086   """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3087   return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3088
3089 def Image_GetHandlers(*args):
3090   """Image_GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3091   return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args)
3092
3093 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args):
3094   """
3095     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3096
3097     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3098     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3099     dialog boxes.
3100     """
3101   return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args)
3102
3103 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3104   """
3105     Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3106
3107     Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3108     """
3109   return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3110
3111 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3112   """
3113     Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3114
3115     Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3116     """
3117   return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3118
3119
3120 def _ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3121   """_ImageFromBuffer(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha=None) -> Image"""
3122   return _core_._ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3123 def ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer=None):
3124     """
3125     Creates a `wx.Image` from the data in dataBuffer.  The dataBuffer
3126     parameter must be a Python object that implements the buffer interface,
3127     such as a string, array, etc.  The dataBuffer object is expected to
3128     contain a series of RGB bytes and be width*height*3 bytes long.  A buffer
3129     object can optionally be supplied for the image's alpha channel data, and
3130     it is expected to be width*height bytes long.
3131
3132     The wx.Image will be created with its data and alpha pointers initialized
3133     to the memory address pointed to by the buffer objects, thus saving the
3134     time needed to copy the image data from the buffer object to the wx.Image.
3135     While this has advantages, it also has the shoot-yourself-in-the-foot
3136     risks associated with sharing a C pointer between two objects.
3137
3138     To help alleviate the risk a reference to the data and alpha buffer
3139     objects are kept with the wx.Image, so that they won't get deleted until
3140     after the wx.Image is deleted.  However please be aware that it is not
3141     guaranteed that an object won't move its memory buffer to a new location
3142     when it needs to resize its contents.  If that happens then the wx.Image
3143     will end up referring to an invalid memory location and could cause the
3144     application to crash.  Therefore care should be taken to not manipulate
3145     the objects used for the data and alpha buffers in a way that would cause
3146     them to change size.
3147     """
3148     image = _core_._ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer)
3149     image._buffer = dataBuffer
3150     image._alpha = alphaBuffer
3151     return image
3152
3153 def InitAllImageHandlers():
3154     """
3155     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to
3156     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP.
3157     """
3158     pass
3159
3160 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
3161 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
3162 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR = _core_.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
3163 PNG_TYPE_GREY = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY
3164 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
3165 BMP_24BPP = _core_.BMP_24BPP
3166 BMP_8BPP = _core_.BMP_8BPP
3167 BMP_8BPP_GREY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GREY
3168 BMP_8BPP_GRAY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
3169 BMP_8BPP_RED = _core_.BMP_8BPP_RED
3170 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE = _core_.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
3171 BMP_4BPP = _core_.BMP_4BPP
3172 BMP_1BPP = _core_.BMP_1BPP
3173 BMP_1BPP_BW = _core_.BMP_1BPP_BW
3174 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler):
3175     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files."""
3176     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3177     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3178     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3179         """
3180         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler
3181
3182         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.
3183         """
3184         _core_.BMPHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BMPHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3185 _core_.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandler)
3186 NullImage = cvar.NullImage
3187 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
3188 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
3189 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
3190 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
3191 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
3192 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
3193 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
3194 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
3195 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
3196 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
3197 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
3198 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
3199 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
3200 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
3201 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
3202
3203 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler):
3204     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files."""
3205     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3206     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3207     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3208         """
3209         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler
3210
3211         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.
3212         """
3213         _core_.ICOHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ICOHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3214 _core_.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandler)
3215
3216 class CURHandler(ICOHandler):
3217     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files."""
3218     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3219     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3220     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3221         """
3222         __init__(self) -> CURHandler
3223
3224         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.
3225         """
3226         _core_.CURHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CURHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3227 _core_.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandler)
3228
3229 class ANIHandler(CURHandler):
3230     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files."""
3231     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3232     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3233     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3234         """
3235         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler
3236
3237         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.
3238         """
3239         _core_.ANIHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ANIHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3240 _core_.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandler)
3241
3242 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler):
3243     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files."""
3244     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3245     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3246     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3247         """
3248         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler
3249
3250         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.
3251         """
3252         _core_.PNGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3253 _core_.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandler)
3254
3255 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler):
3256     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files."""
3257     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3258     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3259     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3260         """
3261         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler
3262
3263         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.
3264         """
3265         _core_.GIFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GIFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3266 _core_.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandler)
3267
3268 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler):
3269     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files."""
3270     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3271     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3272     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3273         """
3274         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler
3275
3276         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.
3277         """
3278         _core_.PCXHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PCXHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3279 _core_.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandler)
3280
3281 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler):
3282     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files."""
3283     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3284     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3285     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3286         """
3287         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler
3288
3289         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.
3290         """
3291         _core_.JPEGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_JPEGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3292 _core_.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandler)
3293
3294 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler):
3295     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files."""
3296     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3297     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3298     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3299         """
3300         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler
3301
3302         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.
3303         """
3304         _core_.PNMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3305 _core_.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandler)
3306
3307 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler):
3308     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image."""
3309     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3310     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3311     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3312         """
3313         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler
3314
3315         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.
3316         """
3317         _core_.XPMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_XPMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3318 _core_.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandler)
3319
3320 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler):
3321     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files."""
3322     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3323     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3324     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3325         """
3326         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler
3327
3328         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.
3329         """
3330         _core_.TIFFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TIFFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3331 _core_.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandler)
3332
3333 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS = _core_.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
3334 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE = _core_.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
3335 class Quantize(object):
3336     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage."""
3337     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3338     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3339     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3340     def Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3341         """
3342         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3343
3344         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3345         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3346         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3347         """
3348         return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3349
3350     Quantize = staticmethod(Quantize)
3351 _core_.Quantize_swigregister(Quantize)
3352
3353 def Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3354   """
3355     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3356
3357     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3358     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3359     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3360     """
3361   return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3362
3363 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3364
3365 class EvtHandler(Object):
3366     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class"""
3367     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3368     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3369     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3370         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3371         _core_.EvtHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EvtHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3372     def GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3373         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3374         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3375
3376     def GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3377         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3378         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3379
3380     def SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3381         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3382         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3383
3384     def SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3385         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3386         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3387
3388     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3389         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool"""
3390         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3391
3392     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3393         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)"""
3394         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3395
3396     def ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3397         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool"""
3398         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3399
3400     def AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3401         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)"""
3402         return _core_.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3403
3404     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
3405         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)"""
3406         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
3407
3408     def Connect(*args, **kwargs):
3409         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)"""
3410         return _core_.EvtHandler_Connect(*args, **kwargs)
3411
3412     def Disconnect(*args, **kwargs):
3413         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool"""
3414         return _core_.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args, **kwargs)
3415
3416     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
3417         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)"""
3418         val = _core_.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
3419         args[0].thisown = 0
3420         return val
3421
3422     def Bind(self, event, handler, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3423         """
3424         Bind an event to an event handler.
3425
3426         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the
3427                       type of event to bind,
3428
3429         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the
3430                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to
3431                       disconnect an event handler.
3432
3433         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a
3434                       different window than self, but you still
3435                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a
3436                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By
3437                       passing the source of the event, the event
3438                       handling system is able to differentiate
3439                       between the same event type from different
3440                       controls.
3441
3442         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead
3443                    of instance.
3444
3445         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler
3446                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.
3447         """
3448         if source is not None:
3449             id  = source.GetId()
3450         event.Bind(self, id, id2, handler)
3451
3452     def Unbind(self, event, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3453         """
3454         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.
3455         Returns True if successful.
3456         """
3457         if source is not None:
3458             id  = source.GetId()
3459         return event.Unbind(self, id, id2)
3460
3461     EvtHandlerEnabled = property(GetEvtHandlerEnabled,SetEvtHandlerEnabled,doc="See `GetEvtHandlerEnabled` and `SetEvtHandlerEnabled`")
3462     NextHandler = property(GetNextHandler,SetNextHandler,doc="See `GetNextHandler` and `SetNextHandler`")
3463     PreviousHandler = property(GetPreviousHandler,SetPreviousHandler,doc="See `GetPreviousHandler` and `SetPreviousHandler`")
3464 _core_.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandler)
3465
3466 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3467
3468 class PyEventBinder(object):
3469     """
3470     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event
3471     handlers.
3472     """
3473     def __init__(self, evtType, expectedIDs=0):
3474         if expectedIDs not in [0, 1, 2]:
3475             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs"
3476         self.expectedIDs = expectedIDs
3477
3478         if type(evtType) == list or type(evtType) == tuple:
3479             self.evtType = evtType
3480         else:
3481             self.evtType = [evtType]
3482
3483
3484     def Bind(self, target, id1, id2, function):
3485         """Bind this set of event types to target."""
3486         for et in self.evtType:
3487             target.Connect(id1, id2, et, function)
3488
3489
3490     def Unbind(self, target, id1, id2):
3491         """Remove an event binding."""
3492         success = 0
3493         for et in self.evtType:
3494             success += target.Disconnect(id1, id2, et)
3495         return success != 0
3496
3497
3498     def __call__(self, *args):
3499         """
3500         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions.
3501         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID,
3502         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the
3503         type of the event.
3504         """
3505         assert len(args) == 2 + self.expectedIDs
3506         id1 = wx.ID_ANY
3507         id2 = wx.ID_ANY
3508         target = args[0]
3509         if self.expectedIDs == 0:
3510             func = args[1]
3511         elif self.expectedIDs == 1:
3512             id1 = args[1]
3513             func = args[2]
3514         elif self.expectedIDs == 2:
3515             id1 = args[1]
3516             id2 = args[2]
3517             func = args[3]
3518         else:
3519             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs"
3520
3521         self.Bind(target, id1, id2, func)
3522
3523
3524 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole...
3525 def EVT_COMMAND(win, id, cmd, func):
3526     win.Connect(id, -1, cmd, func)
3527 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win, id1, id2, cmd, func):
3528     win.Connect(id1, id2, cmd, func)
3529
3530
3531 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3532
3533 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3534
3535 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
3536 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
3537
3538 def NewEventType(*args):
3539   """NewEventType() -> EventType"""
3540   return _core_.NewEventType(*args)
3541 wxEVT_NULL = _core_.wxEVT_NULL
3542 wxEVT_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_FIRST
3543 wxEVT_USER_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
3544 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
3545 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
3546 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
3547 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
3548 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
3549 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
3550 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
3551 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
3552 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
3553 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
3554 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
3555 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
3556 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
3557 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
3558 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
3559 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
3560 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
3561 wxEVT_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
3562 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
3563 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
3564 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
3565 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
3566 wxEVT_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_MOTION
3567 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
3568 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
3569 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
3570 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3571 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
3572 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
3573 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
3574 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
3575 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3576 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
3577 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
3578 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
3579 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
3580 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
3581 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
3582 wxEVT_NC_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
3583 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
3584 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
3585 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
3586 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3587 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
3588 wxEVT_CHAR = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR
3589 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
3590 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = _core_.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
3591 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
3592 wxEVT_KEY_UP = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_UP
3593 wxEVT_HOTKEY = _core_.wxEVT_HOTKEY
3594 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR = _core_.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
3595 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
3596 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
3597 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
3598 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
3599 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
3600 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
3601 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
3602 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
3603 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3604 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3605 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
3606 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
3607 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
3608 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
3609 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
3610 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
3611 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
3612 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
3613 wxEVT_SIZE = _core_.wxEVT_SIZE
3614 wxEVT_MOVE = _core_.wxEVT_MOVE
3615 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
3616 wxEVT_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_END_SESSION
3617 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
3618 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
3619 wxEVT_ACTIVATE = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
3620 wxEVT_CREATE = _core_.wxEVT_CREATE
3621 wxEVT_DESTROY = _core_.wxEVT_DESTROY
3622 wxEVT_SHOW = _core_.wxEVT_SHOW
3623 wxEVT_ICONIZE = _core_.wxEVT_ICONIZE
3624 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE = _core_.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
3625 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
3626 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST
3627 wxEVT_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT
3628 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = _core_.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
3629 wxEVT_NC_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
3630 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
3631 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
3632 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
3633 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
3634 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU = _core_.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
3635 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
3636 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
3637 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
3638 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
3639 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
3640 wxEVT_DROP_FILES = _core_.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
3641 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
3642 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
3643 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
3644 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG = _core_.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
3645 wxEVT_IDLE = _core_.wxEVT_IDLE
3646 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI = _core_.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
3647 wxEVT_SIZING = _core_.wxEVT_SIZING
3648 wxEVT_MOVING = _core_.wxEVT_MOVING
3649 wxEVT_HIBERNATE = _core_.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
3650 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY
3651 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT
3652 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE
3653 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
3654 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
3655 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
3656 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
3657 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
3658 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
3659 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
3660 #
3661 # Create some event binders
3662 EVT_SIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE )
3663 EVT_SIZING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING )
3664 EVT_MOVE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE )
3665 EVT_MOVING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING )
3666 EVT_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW )
3667 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3668 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3669 EVT_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT )
3670 EVT_NC_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT )
3671 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND )
3672 EVT_CHAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR )
3673 EVT_KEY_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN )
3674 EVT_KEY_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP )
3675 EVT_HOTKEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY, 1)
3676 EVT_CHAR_HOOK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK )
3677 EVT_MENU_OPEN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN )
3678 EVT_MENU_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE )
3679 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, 1)
3680 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT )
3681 EVT_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS )
3682 EVT_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS )
3683 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS )
3684 EVT_ACTIVATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE )
3685 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP )
3686 EVT_HIBERNATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE )
3687 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3688 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3689 EVT_DROP_FILES = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES )
3690 EVT_INIT_DIALOG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG )
3691 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED )
3692 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED )
3693 EVT_SHOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW )
3694 EVT_MAXIMIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE )
3695 EVT_ICONIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE )
3696 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY )
3697 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED )
3698 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE )
3699 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE )
3700 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY )
3701 EVT_SET_CURSOR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR )
3702 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED )
3703 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST )
3704
3705 EVT_LEFT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN )
3706 EVT_LEFT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP )
3707 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN )
3708 EVT_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP )
3709 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN )
3710 EVT_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP )
3711 EVT_MOTION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION )
3712 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK )
3713 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK )
3714 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK )
3715 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW )
3716 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW )
3717 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL )
3718
3719 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
3720                                      wxEVT_LEFT_UP,
3721                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
3722                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
3723                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN,
3724                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_UP,
3725                                      wxEVT_MOTION,
3726                                      wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,
3727                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK,
3728                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK,
3729                                      wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW,
3730                                      wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW,
3731                                      wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3732                                      ])
3733
3734
3735 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow)
3736 EVT_SCROLLWIN = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP,
3737                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM,
3738                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP,
3739                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN,
3740                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP,
3741                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN,
3742                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK,
3743                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE,
3744                                   ])
3745
3746 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP )
3747 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM )
3748 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP )
3749 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN )
3750 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP )
3751 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN )
3752 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK )
3753 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE )
3754
3755 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar
3756 EVT_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3757                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3758                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3759                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3760                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3761                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3762                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3763                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3764                                wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3765                                ])
3766
3767 EVT_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP )
3768 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM )
3769 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP )
3770 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN )
3771 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP )
3772 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN )
3773 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK )
3774 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE )
3775 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED )
3776 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3777
3778 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id
3779 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3780                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3781                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3782                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3783                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3784                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3785                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3786                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3787                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3788                                        ], 1)
3789
3790 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, 1)
3791 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, 1)
3792 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, 1)
3793 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, 1)
3794 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, 1)
3795 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, 1)
3796 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, 1)
3797 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, 1)
3798 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, 1)
3799 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
3800
3801 EVT_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, 1)
3802 EVT_CHECKBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, 1)
3803 EVT_CHOICE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, 1)
3804 EVT_LISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3805 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, 1)
3806 EVT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 1)
3807 EVT_MENU_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 2)
3808 EVT_SLIDER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, 1)
3809 EVT_RADIOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3810 EVT_RADIOBUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, 1)
3811
3812 EVT_SCROLLBAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, 1)
3813 EVT_VLBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3814 EVT_COMBOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3815 EVT_TOOL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 1)
3816 EVT_TOOL_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 2)
3817 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 1)
3818 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 2)
3819 EVT_TOOL_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, 1)
3820 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, 1)
3821
3822
3823 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, 1)
3824 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, 1)
3825 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, 1)
3826 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, 1)
3827 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, 1)
3828 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, 1)
3829 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, 1)
3830
3831 EVT_IDLE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE )
3832
3833 EVT_UPDATE_UI = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 1)
3834 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 2)
3835
3836 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU )
3837
3838 EVT_TEXT_CUT   =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT )
3839 EVT_TEXT_COPY  =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY )
3840 EVT_TEXT_PASTE =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE )
3841
3842
3843 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3844
3845 class Event(Object):
3846     """
3847     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a
3848     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for
3849     other event classes
3850     """
3851     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3852     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3853     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3854     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Event
3855     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3856     def SetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3857         """
3858         SetEventType(self, EventType typ)
3859
3860         Sets the specific type of the event.
3861         """
3862         return _core_.Event_SetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3863
3864     def GetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3865         """
3866         GetEventType(self) -> EventType
3867
3868         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as
3869         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``.
3870         """
3871         return _core_.Event_GetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3872
3873     def GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3874         """
3875         GetEventObject(self) -> Object
3876
3877         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if
3878         any.
3879         """
3880         return _core_.Event_GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3881
3882     def SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3883         """
3884         SetEventObject(self, Object obj)
3885
3886         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the
3887         object that is sending the event.
3888         """
3889         return _core_.Event_SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3890
3891     def GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3892         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long"""
3893         return _core_.Event_GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3894
3895     def SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3896         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)"""
3897         return _core_.Event_SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3898
3899     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
3900         """
3901         GetId(self) -> int
3902
3903         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button
3904         command id.
3905         """
3906         return _core_.Event_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
3907
3908     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
3909         """
3910         SetId(self, int Id)
3911
3912         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that
3913         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu
3914         item, etc.
3915         """
3916         return _core_.Event_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
3917
3918     def IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3919         """
3920         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool
3921
3922         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else
3923         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes.
3924         """
3925         return _core_.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3926
3927     def Skip(*args, **kwargs):
3928         """
3929         Skip(self, bool skip=True)
3930
3931         Called by an event handler, it controls whether additional event
3932         handlers bound to this event will be called after the current event
3933         handler returns.  Skip(false) (the default setting) will prevent
3934         additional event handlers from being called and control will be
3935         returned to the sender of the event immediately after the current
3936         handler has finished.  Skip(True) will cause the event processing
3937         system to continue searching for a handler function for this event.
3938
3939         """
3940         return _core_.Event_Skip(*args, **kwargs)
3941
3942     def GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs):
3943         """
3944         GetSkipped(self) -> bool
3945
3946         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise.
3947         :see: `Skip`
3948         """
3949         return _core_.Event_GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs)
3950
3951     def ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs):
3952         """
3953         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool
3954
3955         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not,
3956         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0.
3957         """
3958         return _core_.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs)
3959
3960     def StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3961         """
3962         StopPropagation(self) -> int
3963
3964         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old
3965         propagation level value which may be later passed to
3966         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again.
3967         """
3968         return _core_.Event_StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3969
3970     def ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3971         """
3972         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel)
3973
3974         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For
3975         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to
3976         `StopPropagation`.)
3977
3978         """
3979         return _core_.Event_ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3980
3981     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
3982         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
3983         return _core_.Event_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
3984
3985     EventObject = property(GetEventObject,SetEventObject,doc="See `GetEventObject` and `SetEventObject`")
3986     EventType = property(GetEventType,SetEventType,doc="See `GetEventType` and `SetEventType`")
3987     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
3988     Skipped = property(GetSkipped,doc="See `GetSkipped`")
3989     Timestamp = property(GetTimestamp,SetTimestamp,doc="See `GetTimestamp` and `SetTimestamp`")
3990 _core_.Event_swigregister(Event)
3991
3992 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3993
3994 class PropagationDisabler(object):
3995     """
3996     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3997     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3998     propogation of the event will be restored.
3999     """
4000     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4001     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4002     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4003         """
4004         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler
4005
4006         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
4007         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
4008         propogation of the event will be restored.
4009         """
4010         _core_.PropagationDisabler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagationDisabler(*args, **kwargs))
4011     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagationDisabler
4012     __del__ = lambda self : None;
4013 _core_.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisabler)
4014
4015 class PropagateOnce(object):
4016     """
4017     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
4018     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
4019     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
4020     """
4021     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4022     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4023     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4024         """
4025         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce
4026
4027         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
4028         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
4029         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
4030         """
4031         _core_.PropagateOnce_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagateOnce(*args, **kwargs))
4032     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagateOnce
4033     __del__ = lambda self : None;
4034 _core_.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOnce)
4035
4036 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4037
4038 class CommandEvent(Event):
4039     """
4040     This event class contains information about command events, which
4041     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
4042     toolbars.
4043     """
4044     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4045     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4046     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4047         """
4048         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent
4049
4050         This event class contains information about command events, which
4051         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
4052         toolbars.
4053         """
4054         _core_.CommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4055     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
4056         """
4057         GetSelection(self) -> int
4058
4059         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4060         for a deselection).
4061         """
4062         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4063
4064     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
4065         """SetString(self, String s)"""
4066         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
4067
4068     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
4069         """
4070         GetString(self) -> String
4071
4072         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4073         for a deselection).
4074         """
4075         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
4076
4077     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
4078         """
4079         IsChecked(self) -> bool
4080
4081         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the
4082         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false
4083         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if
4084         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only
4085         makes sense for checkable menu items).
4086         """
4087         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
4088
4089     Checked = IsChecked
4090     def IsSelection(*args, **kwargs):
4091         """
4092         IsSelection(self) -> bool
4093
4094         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection,
4095         false if it is a deselection.
4096         """
4097         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4098
4099     def SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4100         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)"""
4101         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4102
4103     def GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4104         """
4105         GetExtraLong(self) -> long
4106
4107         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the
4108         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining
4109         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A
4110         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in
4111         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the
4112         listbox must be examined by the application.
4113         """
4114         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4115
4116     def SetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4117         """SetInt(self, int i)"""
4118         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4119
4120     def GetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4121         """
4122         GetInt(self) -> int
4123
4124         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or
4125         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a
4126         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox.
4127         """
4128         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4129
4130     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4131         """
4132         GetClientData(self) -> PyObject
4133
4134         Returns the client data object for a listbox or choice selection event, (if any.)
4135         """
4136         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4137
4138     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4139         """
4140         SetClientData(self, PyObject clientData)
4141
4142         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
4143         """
4144         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4145
4146     GetClientObject = GetClientData
4147     SetClientObject = SetClientData
4148
4149     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4150         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4151         return _core_.CommandEvent_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4152
4153     ClientData = property(GetClientData,SetClientData,doc="See `GetClientData` and `SetClientData`")
4154     ClientObject = property(GetClientObject,SetClientObject,doc="See `GetClientObject` and `SetClientObject`")
4155     ExtraLong = property(GetExtraLong,SetExtraLong,doc="See `GetExtraLong` and `SetExtraLong`")
4156     Int = property(GetInt,SetInt,doc="See `GetInt` and `SetInt`")
4157     Selection = property(GetSelection,doc="See `GetSelection`")
4158     String = property(GetString,SetString,doc="See `GetString` and `SetString`")
4159 _core_.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEvent)
4160
4161 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4162
4163 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent):
4164     """
4165     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4166     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4167     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4168     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4169     """
4170     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4171     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4172     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4173         """
4174         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent
4175
4176         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4177         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4178         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4179         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4180         """
4181         _core_.NotifyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NotifyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4182     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
4183         """
4184         Veto(self)
4185
4186         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening.
4187
4188         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for
4189         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which
4190         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising.
4191         """
4192         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
4193
4194     def Allow(*args, **kwargs):
4195         """
4196         Allow(self)
4197
4198         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be
4199         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as
4200         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this
4201         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description).
4202         """
4203         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args, **kwargs)
4204
4205     def IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs):
4206         """
4207         IsAllowed(self) -> bool
4208
4209         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or
4210         false otherwise (if it was).
4211         """
4212         return _core_.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs)
4213
4214 _core_.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEvent)
4215
4216 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4217
4218 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent):
4219     """
4220     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone
4221     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send
4222     instnaces of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent`
4223     instead.
4224     """
4225     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4226     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4227     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4228         """
4229         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,
4230             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent
4231         """
4232         _core_.ScrollEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4233     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4234         """
4235         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4236
4237         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4238         the scrollbar.
4239         """
4240         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4241
4242     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4243         """
4244         GetPosition(self) -> int
4245
4246         Returns the position of the scrollbar.
4247         """
4248         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4249
4250     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4251         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4252         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4253
4254     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4255         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4256         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4257
4258     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
4259     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
4260 _core_.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEvent)
4261
4262 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4263
4264 class ScrollWinEvent(Event):
4265     """
4266     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4267     scrolling windows.
4268     """
4269     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4270     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4271     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4272         """
4273         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent
4274
4275         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4276         scrolling windows.
4277         """
4278         _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4279     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4280         """
4281         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4282
4283         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4284         the scrollbar.
4285         """
4286         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4287
4288     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4289         """
4290         GetPosition(self) -> int
4291
4292         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release
4293         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you
4294         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case.
4295         """
4296         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4297
4298     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4299         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4300         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4301
4302     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4303         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4304         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4305
4306     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
4307     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
4308 _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEvent)
4309
4310 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4311
4312 MOUSE_BTN_ANY = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
4313 MOUSE_BTN_NONE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
4314 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
4315 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4316 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
4317 class MouseEvent(Event):
4318     """
4319     This event class contains information about the events generated by
4320     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and
4321     mouse move events.
4322
4323     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for
4324     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and
4325     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have
4326     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the
4327     events from it.
4328
4329     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`:
4330     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse
4331     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is
4332     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the
4333     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button
4334     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true,
4335     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the
4336     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same
4337     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well.
4338     """
4339     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4340     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4341     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4342         """
4343         __init__(self, EventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent
4344
4345         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are:
4346
4347             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
4348             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
4349             * wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
4350             * wxEVT_LEFT_UP
4351             * wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
4352             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
4353             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
4354             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4355             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
4356             * wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
4357             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4358             * wxEVT_MOTION
4359             * wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4360         """
4361         _core_.MouseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4362     def IsButton(*args, **kwargs):
4363         """
4364         IsButton(self) -> bool
4365
4366         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a
4367         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`).
4368         """
4369         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args, **kwargs)
4370
4371     def ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs):
4372         """
4373         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4374
4375         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4376         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4377         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible
4378         values).
4379         """
4380         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs)
4381
4382     def ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4383         """
4384         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4385
4386         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4387         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4388         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible
4389         values).
4390         """
4391         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4392
4393     def ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs):
4394         """
4395         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4396
4397         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4398         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button
4399         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values).
4400         """
4401         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs)
4402
4403     def Button(*args, **kwargs):
4404         """
4405         Button(self, int button) -> bool
4406
4407         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid
4408         values of button are:
4409
4410              ====================      =====================================
4411              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed
4412              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed
4413              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed
4414              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed
4415              ====================      =====================================
4416
4417         """
4418         return _core_.MouseEvent_Button(*args, **kwargs)
4419
4420     def ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4421         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool"""
4422         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4423
4424     def GetButton(*args, **kwargs):
4425         """
4426         GetButton(self) -> int
4427
4428         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or
4429         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or
4430         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for
4431         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4432         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the
4433         right buttons respectively.
4434         """
4435         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args, **kwargs)
4436
4437     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4438         """
4439         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4440
4441         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event.
4442         """
4443         return _core_.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4444
4445     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4446         """
4447         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4448
4449         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4450         """
4451         return _core_.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4452
4453     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4454         """
4455         AltDown(self) -> bool
4456
4457         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4458         """
4459         return _core_.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4460
4461     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4462         """
4463         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4464
4465         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4466         """
4467         return _core_.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4468
4469     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4470         """
4471         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4472
4473         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4474         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4475         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4476         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4477         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this
4478         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4479         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4480         """
4481         return _core_.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4482
4483     def LeftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4484         """
4485         LeftDown(self) -> bool
4486
4487         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down.
4488         """
4489         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4490
4491     def MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs):
4492         """
4493         MiddleDown(self) -> bool
4494
4495         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down.
4496         """
4497         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs)
4498
4499     def RightDown(*args, **kwargs):
4500         """
4501         RightDown(self) -> bool
4502
4503         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down.
4504         """
4505         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args, **kwargs)
4506
4507     def LeftUp(*args, **kwargs):
4508         """
4509         LeftUp(self) -> bool
4510
4511         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up.
4512         """
4513         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args, **kwargs)
4514
4515     def MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs):
4516         """
4517         MiddleUp(self) -> bool
4518
4519         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up.
4520         """
4521         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs)
4522
4523     def RightUp(*args, **kwargs):
4524         """
4525         RightUp(self) -> bool
4526
4527         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up.
4528         """
4529         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args, **kwargs)
4530
4531     def LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4532         """
4533         LeftDClick(self) -> bool
4534
4535         Returns true if the event was a left button double click.
4536         """
4537         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4538
4539     def MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4540         """
4541         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool
4542
4543         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click.
4544         """
4545         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4546
4547     def RightDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4548         """
4549         RightDClick(self) -> bool
4550
4551         Returns true if the event was a right button double click.
4552         """
4553         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4554
4555     def LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4556         """
4557         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool
4558
4559         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent
4560         of the current event type.
4561
4562         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true
4563         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the
4564         state of the mouse button before the event happened.
4565
4566         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process
4567         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still)
4568         dragging the mouse.
4569         """
4570         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4571
4572     def MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4573         """
4574         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool
4575
4576         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent
4577         of the current event type.
4578         """
4579         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4580
4581     def RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4582         """
4583         RightIsDown(self) -> bool
4584
4585         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent
4586         of the current event type.
4587         """
4588         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4589
4590     def Dragging(*args, **kwargs):
4591         """
4592         Dragging(self) -> bool
4593
4594         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is
4595         depressed).
4596         """
4597         return _core_.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args, **kwargs)
4598
4599     def Moving(*args, **kwargs):
4600         """
4601         Moving(self) -> bool
4602
4603         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were
4604         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns
4605         false and Dragging returns true.
4606         """
4607         return _core_.MouseEvent_Moving(*args, **kwargs)
4608
4609     def Entering(*args, **kwargs):
4610         """
4611         Entering(self) -> bool
4612
4613         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window.
4614         """
4615         return _core_.MouseEvent_Entering(*args, **kwargs)
4616
4617     def Leaving(*args, **kwargs):
4618         """
4619         Leaving(self) -> bool
4620
4621         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window.
4622         """
4623         return _core_.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args, **kwargs)
4624
4625     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4626         """
4627         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4628
4629         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4630         event happened.
4631         """
4632         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4633
4634     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4635         """
4636         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4637
4638         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4639         event happened.
4640         """
4641         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4642
4643     def GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4644         """
4645         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point
4646
4647         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated
4648         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates
4649         that the window has been scrolled).
4650         """
4651         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4652
4653     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4654         """
4655         GetX(self) -> int
4656
4657         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4658         """
4659         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4660
4661     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4662         """
4663         GetY(self) -> int
4664
4665         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4666         """
4667         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4668
4669     def GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs):
4670         """
4671         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int
4672
4673         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of
4674         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to
4675         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be
4676         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one
4677         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either
4678         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values
4679         have been accumulated before scrolling.
4680         """
4681         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs)
4682
4683     def GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs):
4684         """
4685         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int
4686
4687         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be
4688         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment)
4689         should occur for each delta.
4690         """
4691         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs)
4692
4693     def GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs):
4694         """
4695         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int
4696
4697         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled
4698         per wheel action. Defaults to three.
4699         """
4700         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs)
4701
4702     def IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs):
4703         """
4704         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool
4705
4706         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with
4707         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling.
4708         """
4709         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs)
4710
4711     m_x = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_x_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_x_set)
4712     m_y = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_y_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_y_set)
4713     m_leftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set)
4714     m_middleDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set)
4715     m_rightDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set)
4716     m_controlDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4717     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4718     m_altDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set)
4719     m_metaDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4720     m_wheelRotation = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set)
4721     m_wheelDelta = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set)
4722     m_linesPerAction = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set)
4723     Button = property(GetButton,doc="See `GetButton`")
4724     LinesPerAction = property(GetLinesPerAction,doc="See `GetLinesPerAction`")
4725     LogicalPosition = property(GetLogicalPosition,doc="See `GetLogicalPosition`")
4726     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
4727     WheelDelta = property(GetWheelDelta,doc="See `GetWheelDelta`")
4728     WheelRotation = property(GetWheelRotation,doc="See `GetWheelRotation`")
4729     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
4730     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
4731 _core_.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEvent)
4732
4733 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4734
4735 class SetCursorEvent(Event):
4736     """
4737     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set
4738     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the
4739     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the
4740     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor`
4741     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed.
4742     """
4743     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4744     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4745     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4746         """
4747         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent
4748
4749         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`.
4750         """
4751         _core_.SetCursorEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SetCursorEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4752     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4753         """
4754         GetX(self) -> int
4755
4756         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4757         """
4758         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4759
4760     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4761         """
4762         GetY(self) -> int
4763
4764         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4765         """
4766         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4767
4768     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4769         """
4770         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor)
4771
4772         Sets the cursor associated with this event.
4773         """
4774         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4775
4776     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4777         """
4778         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
4779
4780         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event.
4781         """
4782         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4783
4784     def HasCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4785         """
4786         HasCursor(self) -> bool
4787
4788         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor.
4789         """
4790         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4791
4792     Cursor = property(GetCursor,SetCursor,doc="See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`")
4793     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
4794     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
4795 _core_.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEvent)
4796
4797 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4798
4799 class KeyEvent(Event):
4800     """
4801     This event class contains information about keypress and character
4802     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has
4803     the keyboard focus.
4804
4805     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in
4806     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference
4807     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press
4808     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just
4809     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will
4810     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only
4811     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event
4812     corresponding to each down one.
4813
4814     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event
4815     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric
4816     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of
4817     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in
4818     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the
4819     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for
4820     example.
4821
4822     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed
4823     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key
4824     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key
4825     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and
4826     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be
4827     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as
4828     well.
4829
4830     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code
4831     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value
4832     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this
4833     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the
4834     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly
4835     by the system itself.
4836
4837     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed:
4838     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the
4839     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1,
4840     the ASCII value of this key combination.
4841
4842     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave
4843     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and
4844     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard
4845     focus.
4846
4847     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not
4848     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not
4849     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both
4850     types of events to be a bit simpler.
4851
4852     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets
4853     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and
4854     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char
4855     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator).
4856
4857     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't
4858     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to
4859     work under Windows.
4860
4861     """
4862     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4863     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4864     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4865         """
4866         __init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent
4867
4868         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are:
4869             *
4870         """
4871         _core_.KeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_KeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4872     def GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4873         """
4874         GetModifiers(self) -> int
4875
4876         Returns a bitmask of the current modifier settings.  Can be used to
4877         check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers without having
4878         to explicitly check that the other modifiers are not down.  For
4879         example::
4880
4881             if event.GetModifers() == wx.MOD_CONTROL:
4882                 DoSomething()
4883
4884         """
4885         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4886
4887     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4888         """
4889         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4890
4891         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event.
4892         """
4893         return _core_.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4894
4895     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4896         """
4897         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4898
4899         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4900         """
4901         return _core_.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4902
4903     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4904         """
4905         AltDown(self) -> bool
4906
4907         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4908         """
4909         return _core_.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4910
4911     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4912         """
4913         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4914
4915         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4916         """
4917         return _core_.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4918
4919     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4920         """
4921         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4922
4923         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4924         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4925         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4926         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4927         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this
4928         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4929         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4930         """
4931         return _core_.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4932
4933     def HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4934         """
4935         HasModifiers(self) -> bool
4936
4937         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the
4938         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither
4939         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that
4940         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the
4941         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed
4942         normally).
4943         """
4944         return _core_.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4945
4946     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4947         """
4948         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
4949
4950         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values,
4951         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left
4952         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key
4953         codes.
4954
4955         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if
4956         the user entered a character that can be represented in current
4957         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode
4958         character using `GetUnicodeKey`.
4959         """
4960         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4961
4962     def GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
4963         """
4964         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int
4965
4966         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This
4967         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython.
4968         """
4969         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
4970
4971     GetUniChar = GetUnicodeKey
4972     def SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
4973         """
4974         SetUnicodeKey(self, int uniChar)
4975
4976         Set the Unicode value of the key event, but only if this is a Unicode
4977         build of wxPython.
4978         """
4979         return _core_.KeyEvent_SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
4980
4981     def GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4982         """
4983         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int
4984
4985         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent
4986         scan code which should only be used in advanced
4987         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all
4988         ports.
4989         """
4990         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4991
4992     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs):
4993         """
4994         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int
4995
4996         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are
4997         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications.
4998         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports.
4999         """
5000         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs)
5001
5002     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5003         """
5004         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5005
5006         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
5007         """
5008         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5009
5010     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
5011         """
5012         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
5013
5014         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
5015         """
5016         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
5017
5018     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
5019         """
5020         GetX(self) -> int
5021
5022         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
5023         applicable.
5024         """
5025         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
5026
5027     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
5028         """
5029         GetY(self) -> int
5030
5031         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
5032         applicable.
5033         """
5034         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
5035
5036     m_x = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_x_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_x_set)
5037     m_y = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_y_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_y_set)
5038     m_keyCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set)
5039     m_controlDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set)
5040     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
5041     m_altDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set)
5042     m_metaDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set)
5043     m_scanCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set)
5044     m_rawCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set)
5045     m_rawFlags = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set)
5046     KeyCode = property(GetKeyCode,doc="See `GetKeyCode`")
5047     Modifiers = property(GetModifiers,doc="See `GetModifiers`")
5048     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
5049     RawKeyCode = property(GetRawKeyCode,doc="See `GetRawKeyCode`")
5050     RawKeyFlags = property(GetRawKeyFlags,doc="See `GetRawKeyFlags`")
5051     UnicodeKey = property(GetUnicodeKey,SetUnicodeKey,doc="See `GetUnicodeKey` and `SetUnicodeKey`")
5052     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
5053     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
5054 _core_.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEvent)
5055
5056 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5057
5058 class SizeEvent(Event):
5059     """
5060     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE
5061     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has
5062     been resized.
5063
5064     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call
5065     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the
5066     application.
5067
5068     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is
5069     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the
5070     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the
5071     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole
5072     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to
5073     invalidate the entire window.
5074
5075     """
5076     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5077     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5078     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5079         """
5080         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent
5081
5082         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``.
5083         """
5084         _core_.SizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5085     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
5086         """
5087         GetSize(self) -> Size
5088
5089         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change
5090         event.
5091         """
5092         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
5093
5094     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5095         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5096         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5097
5098     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5099         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5100         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5101
5102     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
5103         """SetSize(self, Size size)"""
5104         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
5105
5106     m_size = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_size_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_size_set)
5107     m_rect = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_set)
5108     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
5109     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
5110 _core_.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEvent)
5111
5112 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5113
5114 class MoveEvent(Event):
5115     """
5116     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is
5117     moved to a new position.
5118     """
5119     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5120     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5121     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5122         """
5123         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent
5124
5125         Constructor.
5126         """
5127         _core_.MoveEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MoveEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5128     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5129         """
5130         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5131
5132         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event.
5133         """
5134         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5135
5136     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5137         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5138         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5139
5140     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5141         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5142         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5143
5144     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5145         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)"""
5146         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5147
5148     m_pos =  property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
5149     m_rect = property(GetRect, SetRect)
5150
5151     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
5152     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
5153 _core_.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEvent)
5154
5155 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5156
5157 class PaintEvent(Event):
5158     """
5159     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted.
5160     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create
5161     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS
5162     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send
5163     the event again, causing endless refreshes.
5164
5165     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been
5166     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`,
5167     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of
5168     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some
5169     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical,
5170     scrolled units.
5171
5172     """
5173     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5174     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5175     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5176         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent"""
5177         _core_.PaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5178 _core_.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEvent)
5179
5180 class NcPaintEvent(Event):
5181     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class"""
5182     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5183     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5184     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5185         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent"""
5186         _core_.NcPaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NcPaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5187 _core_.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEvent)
5188
5189 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5190
5191 class EraseEvent(Event):
5192     """
5193     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be
5194     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event
5195     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated
5196     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker.
5197
5198     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned
5199     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary
5200     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that.
5201
5202     """
5203     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5204     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5205     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5206         """
5207         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent
5208
5209         Constructor
5210         """
5211         _core_.EraseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EraseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5212     def GetDC(*args, **kwargs):
5213         """
5214         GetDC(self) -> DC
5215
5216         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If
5217         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use
5218         that instead.
5219         """
5220         return _core_.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args, **kwargs)
5221
5222     DC = property(GetDC,doc="See `GetDC`")
5223 _core_.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEvent)
5224
5225 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5226
5227 class FocusEvent(Event):
5228     """
5229     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing
5230     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it
5231     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event.
5232
5233     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus
5234     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is
5235     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`.
5236
5237     """
5238     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5239     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5240     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5241         """
5242         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent
5243
5244         Constructor
5245         """
5246         _core_.FocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5247     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5248         """
5249         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5250
5251         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the
5252         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the
5253         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event.
5254
5255         Warning: the window returned may be None!
5256         """
5257         return _core_.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5258
5259     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5260         """SetWindow(self, Window win)"""
5261         return _core_.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5262
5263     Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")
5264 _core_.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEvent)
5265
5266 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5267
5268 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent):
5269     """
5270     A child focus event is sent to a (parent-)window when one of its child
5271     windows gains focus, so that the window could restore the focus back
5272     to its corresponding child if it loses it now and regains later.
5273
5274     Notice that child window is the direct child of the window receiving
5275     the event, and so may not be the actual widget recieving focus if it
5276     is further down the containment heirarchy.  Use `wx.Window.FindFocus`
5277     to get the widget that is actually receiving focus.
5278     """
5279     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5280     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5281     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5282         """
5283         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent
5284
5285         Constructor
5286         """
5287         _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5288     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5289         """
5290         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5291
5292         The window, or (grand)parent of the window which has just received the
5293         focus.
5294         """
5295         return _core_.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5296
5297     Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`")
5298 _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEvent)
5299
5300 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5301
5302 class ActivateEvent(Event):
5303     """
5304     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire
5305     application is being activated or deactivated.
5306
5307     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when
5308     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the
5309     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus.
5310     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames
5311     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all
5312     application frames being inactive.
5313
5314     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers
5315     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not
5316     doing so can result in strange effects.
5317
5318     """
5319     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5320     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5321     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5322         """
5323         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent
5324
5325         Constructor
5326         """
5327         _core_.ActivateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ActivateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5328     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
5329         """
5330         GetActive(self) -> bool
5331
5332         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false
5333         otherwise.
5334         """
5335         return _core_.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
5336
5337     Active = property(GetActive,doc="See `GetActive`")
5338 _core_.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEvent)
5339
5340 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5341
5342 class InitDialogEvent(Event):
5343     """
5344     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for
5345     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this
5346     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be
5347     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler
5348     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`.
5349     """
5350     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5351     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5352     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5353         """
5354         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent
5355
5356         Constructor
5357         """
5358         _core_.InitDialogEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InitDialogEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5359 _core_.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEvent)
5360
5361 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5362
5363 class MenuEvent(Event):
5364     """
5365     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that
5366     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending
5367     `wx.CommandEvent` objects.
5368
5369     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help
5370     text in the first field of the status bar.
5371     """
5372     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5373     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5374     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5375         """
5376         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent
5377
5378         Constructor
5379         """
5380         _core_.MenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5381     def GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs):
5382         """
5383         GetMenuId(self) -> int
5384
5385         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method
5386         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events.
5387         """
5388         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs)
5389
5390     def IsPopup(*args, **kwargs):
5391         """
5392         IsPopup(self) -> bool
5393
5394         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a
5395         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only
5396         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5397         """
5398         return _core_.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args, **kwargs)
5399
5400     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
5401         """
5402         GetMenu(self) -> Menu
5403
5404         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should
5405         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5406         """
5407         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
5408
5409     Menu = property(GetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu`")
5410     MenuId = property(GetMenuId,doc="See `GetMenuId`")
5411 _core_.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEvent)
5412
5413 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5414
5415 class CloseEvent(Event):
5416     """
5417     This event class contains information about window and session close
5418     events.
5419
5420     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried
5421     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or
5422     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself
5423     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close`
5424     function.
5425
5426     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of
5427     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy
5428     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``,
5429     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not.
5430     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save
5431     files or to cancel the close.
5432
5433     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the
5434     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the
5435     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending
5436     on whether the close instruction was honored or not.
5437     """
5438     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5439     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5440     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5441         """
5442         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent
5443
5444         Constructor.
5445         """
5446         _core_.CloseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CloseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5447     def SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5448         """
5449         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff)
5450
5451         Sets the 'logging off' flag.
5452         """
5453         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5454
5455     def GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5456         """
5457         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool
5458
5459         Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the
5460         system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end
5461         session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close
5462         window event.
5463         """
5464         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5465
5466     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
5467         """
5468         Veto(self, bool veto=True)
5469
5470         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to
5471         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen.
5472
5473         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true.
5474         """
5475         return _core_.CloseEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
5476
5477     def GetVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5478         """GetVeto(self) -> bool"""
5479         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5480
5481     def SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5482         """
5483         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto)
5484
5485         Sets the 'can veto' flag.
5486         """
5487         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5488
5489     def CanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5490         """
5491         CanVeto(self) -> bool
5492
5493         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close
5494         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling
5495         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function
5496         must be called to check this.
5497         """
5498         return _core_.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5499
5500     LoggingOff = property(GetLoggingOff,SetLoggingOff,doc="See `GetLoggingOff` and `SetLoggingOff`")
5501 _core_.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEvent)
5502
5503 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5504
5505 class ShowEvent(Event):
5506     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden."""
5507     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5508     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5509     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5510         """
5511         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent
5512
5513         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.
5514         """
5515         _core_.ShowEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ShowEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5516     def SetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5517         """SetShow(self, bool show)"""
5518         return _core_.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5519
5520     def GetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5521         """GetShow(self) -> bool"""
5522         return _core_.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5523
5524     Show = property(GetShow,SetShow,doc="See `GetShow` and `SetShow`")
5525 _core_.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEvent)
5526
5527 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5528
5529 class IconizeEvent(Event):
5530     """
5531     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5532     restored.
5533     """
5534     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5535     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5536     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5537         """
5538         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent
5539
5540         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5541         restored.
5542         """
5543         _core_.IconizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IconizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5544     def Iconized(*args, **kwargs):
5545         """
5546         Iconized(self) -> bool
5547
5548         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has
5549         been restored.
5550         """
5551         return _core_.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args, **kwargs)
5552
5553 _core_.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEvent)
5554
5555 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5556
5557 class MaximizeEvent(Event):
5558     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored."""
5559     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5560     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5561     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5562         """
5563         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent
5564
5565         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.
5566         """
5567         _core_.MaximizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MaximizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5568 _core_.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEvent)
5569
5570 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5571
5572 class DropFilesEvent(Event):
5573     """
5574     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have
5575     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available
5576     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for
5577     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`.
5578
5579     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general
5580     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This
5581     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of
5582     dropping files.
5583
5584     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop
5585     events.
5586
5587     """
5588     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5589     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
5590     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5591     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5592         """
5593         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5594
5595         Returns the position at which the files were dropped.
5596         """
5597         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5598
5599     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5600         """
5601         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int
5602
5603         Returns the number of files dropped.
5604         """
5605         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5606
5607     def GetFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5608         """
5609         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject
5610
5611         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped.
5612         """
5613         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5614
5615     Files = property(GetFiles,doc="See `GetFiles`")
5616     NumberOfFiles = property(GetNumberOfFiles,doc="See `GetNumberOfFiles`")
5617     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
5618 _core_.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEvent)
5619
5620 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5621
5622 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
5623 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
5624 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent):
5625     """
5626     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by
5627     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user
5628     interface elements.
5629
5630     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to
5631     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as
5632     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be
5633     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a
5634     menu item or button.
5635
5636     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the
5637     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets
5638     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to
5639     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more
5640     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether
5641     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can
5642     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same.
5643
5644     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call
5645     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will
5646     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to
5647     update.
5648
5649     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just
5650     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process
5651     any UI events for the window that owns the menu.
5652
5653     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting
5654     your application, you can do one or both of the following:
5655
5656        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of
5657           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style
5658           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should
5659           receive update events. No other windows will receive update
5660           events.
5661
5662        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond
5663           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call
5664           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when
5665           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight
5666           delay before windows are updated.
5667
5668     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE
5669     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent
5670     from an internal idle handler.
5671
5672     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On
5673     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu
5674     is about to be shown, and not in idle time.
5675
5676     """
5677     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5678     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5679     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5680         """
5681         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent
5682
5683         Constructor
5684         """
5685         _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5686     def GetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5687         """
5688         GetChecked(self) -> bool
5689
5690         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked.
5691         """
5692         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5693
5694     def GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5695         """
5696         GetEnabled(self) -> bool
5697
5698         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled.
5699         """
5700         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5701
5702     def GetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5703         """
5704         GetShown(self) -> bool
5705
5706         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be shown.
5707         """
5708         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5709
5710     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
5711         """
5712         GetText(self) -> String
5713
5714         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element.
5715         """
5716         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
5717
5718     def GetSetText(*args, **kwargs):
5719         """
5720         GetSetText(self) -> bool
5721
5722         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For
5723         wxWidgets internal use only.
5724         """
5725         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args, **kwargs)
5726
5727     def GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5728         """
5729         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool
5730
5731         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets
5732         internal use only.
5733         """
5734         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5735
5736     def GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5737         """
5738         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool
5739
5740         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets
5741         internal use only.
5742         """
5743         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5744
5745     def GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5746         """
5747         GetSetShown(self) -> bool
5748
5749         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Show`. For wxWidgets
5750         internal use only.
5751         """
5752         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5753
5754     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
5755         """
5756         Check(self, bool check)
5757
5758         Check or uncheck the UI element.
5759         """
5760         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args, **kwargs)
5761
5762     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
5763         """
5764         Enable(self, bool enable)
5765
5766         Enable or disable the UI element.
5767         """
5768         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
5769
5770     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
5771         """
5772         Show(self, bool show)
5773
5774         Show or hide the UI element.
5775         """
5776         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Show(*args, **kwargs)
5777
5778     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
5779         """
5780         SetText(self, String text)
5781
5782         Sets the text for this UI element.
5783         """
5784         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
5785
5786     def SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5787         """
5788         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5789
5790         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5791         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5792         default is 0.
5793
5794         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5795         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5796         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5797         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5798         about to be shown.
5799         """
5800         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5801
5802     SetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval)
5803     def GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5804         """
5805         GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5806
5807         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5808         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5809         """
5810         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5811
5812     GetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval)
5813     def CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5814         """
5815         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5816
5817         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5818         to) this window.
5819
5820         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5821         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5822         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5823         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5824         this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5825         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5826         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5827         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5828         interval.
5829
5830         """
5831         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5832
5833     CanUpdate = staticmethod(CanUpdate)
5834     def ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs):
5835         """
5836         ResetUpdateTime()
5837
5838         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5839         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5840         is called at the end of idle processing.
5841         """
5842         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs)
5843
5844     ResetUpdateTime = staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime)
5845     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5846         """
5847         SetMode(int mode)
5848
5849         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5850         to those which specify that they will process the events.
5851
5852         The mode may be one of the following values:
5853
5854             =============================   ==========================================
5855             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5856                                             is the default setting.
5857             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5858                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5859                                             style set.
5860             =============================   ==========================================
5861
5862         """
5863         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5864
5865     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
5866     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5867         """
5868         GetMode() -> int
5869
5870         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5871         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5872         events.
5873         """
5874         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5875
5876     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
5877 _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEvent)
5878
5879 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5880   """
5881     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5882
5883     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5884     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5885     default is 0.
5886
5887     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5888     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5889     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5890     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5891     about to be shown.
5892     """
5893   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5894
5895 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args):
5896   """
5897     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5898
5899     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5900     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5901     """
5902   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args)
5903
5904 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5905   """
5906     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5907
5908     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5909     to) this window.
5910
5911     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5912     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5913     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5914     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5915     this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5916     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5917     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5918     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5919     interval.
5920
5921     """
5922   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5923
5924 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args):
5925   """
5926     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime()
5927
5928     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5929     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5930     is called at the end of idle processing.
5931     """
5932   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args)
5933
5934 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5935   """
5936     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode)
5937
5938     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5939     to those which specify that they will process the events.
5940
5941     The mode may be one of the following values:
5942
5943         =============================   ==========================================
5944         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5945                                         is the default setting.
5946         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5947                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5948                                         style set.
5949         =============================   ==========================================
5950
5951     """
5952   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5953
5954 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args):
5955   """
5956     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int
5957
5958     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5959     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5960     events.
5961     """
5962   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args)
5963
5964 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5965
5966 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event):
5967     """
5968     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated
5969     when the user changes the colour settings using the control
5970     panel. This is only applicable under Windows.
5971
5972     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child
5973     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If
5974     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call
5975     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to
5976     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly.
5977
5978     """
5979     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5980     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5981     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5982         """
5983         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent
5984
5985         Constructor
5986         """
5987         _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5988 _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEvent)
5989
5990 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5991
5992 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event):
5993     """
5994     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to
5995     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if
5996     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling
5997     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture
5998     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code.
5999
6000     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6001     """
6002     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6003     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6004     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6005         """
6006         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent
6007
6008         Constructor
6009         """
6010         _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6011     def GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6012         """
6013         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window
6014
6015         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a
6016         non-wxWidgets window.
6017         """
6018         return _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6019
6020     CapturedWindow = property(GetCapturedWindow,doc="See `GetCapturedWindow`")
6021 _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEvent)
6022
6023 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6024
6025 class MouseCaptureLostEvent(Event):
6026     """
6027     A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
6028     capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
6029     example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
6030     the mouse.
6031
6032     If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
6033     capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
6034     didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
6035     if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
6036     ReleaseMouse.
6037
6038     This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
6039
6040     """
6041     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6042     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6043     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6044         """
6045         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> MouseCaptureLostEvent
6046
6047         A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
6048         capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
6049         example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
6050         the mouse.
6051
6052         If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
6053         capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
6054         didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
6055         if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
6056         ReleaseMouse.
6057
6058         This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
6059
6060         """
6061         _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureLostEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6062 _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureLostEvent)
6063
6064 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6065
6066 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event):
6067     """
6068     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display
6069     resolution has changed.
6070
6071     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6072     """
6073     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6074     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6075     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6076         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent"""
6077         _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6078 _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEvent)
6079
6080 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6081
6082 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event):
6083     """
6084     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
6085     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
6086     match.
6087
6088     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6089     """
6090     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6091     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6092     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6093         """
6094         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent
6095
6096         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
6097         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
6098         match.
6099
6100         This event is implemented under Windows only.
6101         """
6102         _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6103     def SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6104         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)"""
6105         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6106
6107     def GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6108         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window"""
6109         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6110
6111     ChangedWindow = property(GetChangedWindow,SetChangedWindow,doc="See `GetChangedWindow` and `SetChangedWindow`")
6112 _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEvent)
6113
6114 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6115
6116 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event):
6117     """
6118     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard
6119     focus and should re-do its palette.
6120
6121     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6122     """
6123     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6124     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6125     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6126         """
6127         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent
6128
6129         Constructor.
6130         """
6131         _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6132     def SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
6133         """
6134         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized)
6135
6136         App should set this if it changes the palette.
6137         """
6138         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
6139
6140     def GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
6141         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool"""
6142         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
6143
6144     PaletteRealized = property(GetPaletteRealized,SetPaletteRealized,doc="See `GetPaletteRealized` and `SetPaletteRealized`")
6145 _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEvent)
6146
6147 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6148
6149 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event):
6150     """
6151     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between
6152     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not
6153     catch navigation events in applications as there are already
6154     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find
6155     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change
6156     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call
6157     `wx.Window.Navigate`.
6158     """
6159     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6160     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6161     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6162         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent"""
6163         _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6164     def GetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6165         """
6166         GetDirection(self) -> bool
6167
6168         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise.
6169         """
6170         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6171
6172     def SetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6173         """
6174         SetDirection(self, bool forward)
6175
6176         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the
6177         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab.
6178         """
6179         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6180
6181     def IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6182         """
6183         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool
6184
6185         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed.
6186         """
6187         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6188
6189     def SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6190         """
6191         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange)
6192
6193         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows.
6194         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented
6195         by using Control-Tab.
6196         """
6197         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6198
6199     def IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6200         """
6201         IsFromTab(self) -> bool
6202
6203         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab
6204         key.
6205         """
6206         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6207
6208     def SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6209         """
6210         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs)
6211
6212         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key.
6213         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons.
6214         """
6215         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6216
6217     def SetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
6218         """
6219         SetFlags(self, long flags)
6220
6221         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following:
6222
6223             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward
6224             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward
6225             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange
6226             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab
6227
6228         """
6229         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
6230
6231     def GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6232         """
6233         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window
6234
6235         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be
6236         ``None``.
6237         """
6238         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6239
6240     def SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6241         """
6242         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win)
6243
6244         Set the window that has the focus.
6245         """
6246         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6247
6248     IsBackward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
6249     IsForward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
6250     WinChange = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
6251     FromTab = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
6252     CurrentFocus = property(GetCurrentFocus,SetCurrentFocus,doc="See `GetCurrentFocus` and `SetCurrentFocus`")
6253     Direction = property(GetDirection,SetDirection,doc="See `GetDirection` and `SetDirection`")
6254 _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEvent)
6255
6256 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6257
6258 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent):
6259     """
6260     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6261     underlying GUI object) exists.
6262     """
6263     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6264     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6265     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6266         """
6267         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent
6268
6269         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6270         underlying GUI object) exists.
6271         """
6272         _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6273     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6274         """
6275         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6276
6277         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6278         """
6279         return _core_.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6280
6281 _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEvent)
6282
6283 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent):
6284     """
6285     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6286     when the GUI window is destroyed.
6287
6288     When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6289     have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6290     will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6291     received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6292     handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6293     notification of the destruction of another window.
6294     """
6295     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6296     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6297     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6298         """
6299         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent
6300
6301         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6302         when the GUI window is destroyed.
6303
6304         When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6305         have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6306         will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6307         received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6308         handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6309         notification of the destruction of another window.
6310         """
6311         _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6312     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6313         """
6314         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6315
6316         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6317         """
6318         return _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6319
6320 _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEvent)
6321
6322 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6323
6324 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent):
6325     """
6326     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to
6327     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu.
6328     """
6329     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6330     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6331     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6332         """
6333         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent
6334
6335         Constructor.
6336         """
6337         _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6338     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6339         """
6340         GetPosition(self) -> Point
6341
6342         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should
6343         be shown.
6344         """
6345         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6346
6347     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6348         """
6349         SetPosition(self, Point pos)
6350
6351         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown.
6352         """
6353         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6354
6355     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
6356 _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEvent)
6357
6358 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6359
6360 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
6361 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6362 class IdleEvent(Event):
6363     """
6364     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent
6365     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the
6366     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by
6367     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are
6368     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal
6369     events and then becomes empty again.
6370
6371     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a
6372     significant overhead in your application, you can call
6373     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and
6374     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window
6375     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent
6376     to those windows and not to any others.
6377     """
6378     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6379     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6380     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6381         """
6382         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent
6383
6384         Constructor
6385         """
6386         _core_.IdleEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IdleEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6387     def RequestMore(*args, **kwargs):
6388         """
6389         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True)
6390
6391         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be
6392         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the
6393         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the
6394         application windows. If no window calls this function during its
6395         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event
6396         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing
6397         system.
6398         """
6399         return _core_.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args, **kwargs)
6400
6401     def MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs):
6402         """
6403         MoreRequested(self) -> bool
6404
6405         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event
6406         requested more processing time.
6407         """
6408         return _core_.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs)
6409
6410     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6411         """
6412         SetMode(int mode)
6413
6414         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6415         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6416         events.
6417
6418         The mode can be one of the following values:
6419
6420             =========================   ========================================
6421             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6422             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6423                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6424                                         flag set.
6425             =========================   ========================================
6426
6427         """
6428         return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6429
6430     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6431     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6432         """
6433         GetMode() -> int
6434
6435         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6436         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6437         will process the events.
6438         """
6439         return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6440
6441     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6442     def CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6443         """
6444         CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6445
6446         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6447         window.
6448
6449         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6450         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6451         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6452         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6453         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6454         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6455         """
6456         return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6457
6458     CanSend = staticmethod(CanSend)
6459 _core_.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEvent)
6460
6461 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6462   """
6463     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6464
6465     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6466     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6467     events.
6468
6469     The mode can be one of the following values:
6470
6471         =========================   ========================================
6472         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6473         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6474                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6475                                     flag set.
6476         =========================   ========================================
6477
6478     """
6479   return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6480
6481 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args):
6482   """
6483     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int
6484
6485     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6486     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6487     will process the events.
6488     """
6489   return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args)
6490
6491 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6492   """
6493     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6494
6495     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6496     window.
6497
6498     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6499     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6500     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6501     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6502     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6503     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6504     """
6505   return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6506
6507 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6508
6509 class ClipboardTextEvent(CommandEvent):
6510     """
6511     A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6512     copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6513     from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6514     popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6515     generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6516     """
6517     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6518     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6519     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6520         """
6521         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> ClipboardTextEvent
6522
6523         A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6524         copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6525         from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6526         popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6527         generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6528         """
6529         _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ClipboardTextEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6530 _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swigregister(ClipboardTextEvent)
6531
6532 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6533
6534 class PyEvent(Event):
6535     """
6536     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event
6537     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of
6538     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport
6539     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have
6540     them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6541
6542     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent`
6543
6544     """
6545     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6546     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6547     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6548         """__init__(self, int winid=0, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent"""
6549         _core_.PyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6550         self._SetSelf(self)
6551
6552     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyEvent
6553     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6554     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6555         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6556         return _core_.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6557
6558     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6559         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6560         return _core_.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6561
6562 _core_.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEvent)
6563
6564 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent):
6565     """
6566     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom
6567     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent
6568     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class
6569     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is
6570     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event
6571     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6572
6573     :see: `wx.PyEvent`
6574
6575     """
6576     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6577     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6578     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6579         """__init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent"""
6580         _core_.PyCommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6581         self._SetSelf(self)
6582
6583     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyCommandEvent
6584     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6585     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6586         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6587         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6588
6589     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6590         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6591         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6592
6593 _core_.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEvent)
6594
6595 class DateEvent(CommandEvent):
6596     """
6597     This event class holds information about a date change event and is
6598     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class
6599     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with
6600     EVT_DATE_CHANGED.
6601     """
6602     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6603     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6604     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6605         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, EventType type) -> DateEvent"""
6606         _core_.DateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6607     def GetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6608         """
6609         GetDate(self) -> DateTime
6610
6611         Returns the date.
6612         """
6613         return _core_.DateEvent_GetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6614
6615     def SetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6616         """
6617         SetDate(self, DateTime date)
6618
6619         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library
6620         internally.
6621         """
6622         return _core_.DateEvent_SetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6623
6624     Date = property(GetDate,SetDate,doc="See `GetDate` and `SetDate`")
6625 _core_.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEvent)
6626
6627 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
6628 EVT_DATE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, 1 )
6629
6630 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6631
6632 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
6633 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
6634 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
6635 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
6636 PRINT_WINDOWS = _core_.PRINT_WINDOWS
6637 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT = _core_.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
6638 class PyApp(EvtHandler):
6639     """
6640     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the
6641     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead.
6642     """
6643     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6644     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6645     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6646         """
6647         __init__(self) -> PyApp
6648
6649         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process.
6650         """
6651         _core_.PyApp_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyApp(*args, **kwargs))
6652         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyApp, False)
6653         self._setOORInfo(self, False)
6654
6655     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyApp
6656     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6657     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
6658         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref)"""
6659         return _core_.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
6660
6661     def GetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6662         """
6663         GetAppName(self) -> String
6664
6665         Get the application name.
6666         """
6667         return _core_.PyApp_GetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6668
6669     def SetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6670         """
6671         SetAppName(self, String name)
6672
6673         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by
6674         `wx.Config` and such.
6675         """
6676         return _core_.PyApp_SetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6677
6678     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6679         """
6680         GetClassName(self) -> String
6681
6682         Get the application's class name.
6683         """
6684         return _core_.PyApp_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6685
6686     def SetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6687         """
6688         SetClassName(self, String name)
6689
6690         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for
6691         X-resources if applicable for the platform
6692         """
6693         return _core_.PyApp_SetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6694
6695     def GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6696         """
6697         GetVendorName(self) -> String
6698
6699         Get the application's vendor name.
6700         """
6701         return _core_.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6702
6703     def SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6704         """
6705         SetVendorName(self, String name)
6706
6707         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used
6708         automatically by `wx.Config` and such.
6709         """
6710         return _core_.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6711
6712     def GetTraits(*args, **kwargs):
6713         """
6714         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits
6715
6716         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we
6717         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the
6718         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding
6719         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is
6720         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the
6721         differences behind the common facade.
6722
6723         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython.
6724         """
6725         return _core_.PyApp_GetTraits(*args, **kwargs)
6726
6727     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6728         """
6729         ProcessPendingEvents(self)
6730
6731         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to
6732         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens
6733         during each event loop iteration.
6734         """
6735         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6736
6737     def Yield(*args, **kwargs):
6738         """
6739         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6740
6741         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting
6742         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield``
6743         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True.
6744
6745         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected
6746               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may
6747               result in calling the same event handler again), use with
6748               extreme care or, better, don't use at all!
6749
6750         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield`
6751
6752         """
6753         return _core_.PyApp_Yield(*args, **kwargs)
6754
6755     def WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6756         """
6757         WakeUpIdle(self)
6758
6759         Make sure that idle events are sent again.
6760         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle`
6761         """
6762         return _core_.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6763
6764     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs):
6765         """
6766         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6767
6768         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6769         currently be dispatched.
6770         """
6771         return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs)
6772
6773     IsMainLoopRunning = staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning)
6774     def MainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6775         """
6776         MainLoop(self) -> int
6777
6778         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until
6779         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed.
6780         """
6781         return _core_.PyApp_MainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6782
6783     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
6784         """
6785         Exit(self)
6786
6787         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application.
6788         :see: `wx.Exit`
6789         """
6790         return _core_.PyApp_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
6791
6792     def GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6793         """
6794         GetLayoutDirection(self) -> int
6795
6796         Return the layout direction for the current locale.
6797         """
6798         return _core_.PyApp_GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6799
6800     def ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6801         """
6802         ExitMainLoop(self)
6803
6804         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main
6805         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!)
6806         """
6807         return _core_.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6808
6809     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
6810         """
6811         Pending(self) -> bool
6812
6813         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue.
6814         """
6815         return _core_.PyApp_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
6816
6817     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
6818         """
6819         Dispatch(self) -> bool
6820
6821         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
6822         appears if there are none currently)
6823         """
6824         return _core_.PyApp_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
6825
6826     def ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6827         """
6828         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool
6829
6830         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are
6831         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested
6832         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not.
6833         """
6834         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6835
6836     def SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6837         """
6838         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool
6839
6840         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more
6841         idle time is requested.
6842         """
6843         return _core_.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6844
6845     def IsActive(*args, **kwargs):
6846         """
6847         IsActive(self) -> bool
6848
6849         Return True if our app has focus.
6850         """
6851         return _core_.PyApp_IsActive(*args, **kwargs)
6852
6853     def SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6854         """
6855         SetTopWindow(self, Window win)
6856
6857         Set the *main* top level window
6858         """
6859         return _core_.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6860
6861     def GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6862         """
6863         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window
6864
6865         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
6866         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
6867         there not any, will return None)
6868         """
6869         return _core_.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6870
6871     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6872         """
6873         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag)
6874
6875         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main
6876         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program
6877         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with
6878         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop()
6879         explicitly from somewhere.
6880         """
6881         return _core_.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6882
6883     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6884         """
6885         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool
6886
6887         Get the current exit behaviour setting.
6888         """
6889         return _core_.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6890
6891     def SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6892         """
6893         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag)
6894
6895         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on
6896         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.)
6897         """
6898         return _core_.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6899
6900     def GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6901         """
6902         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool
6903
6904         Get current UseBestVisual setting.
6905         """
6906         return _core_.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6907
6908     def SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6909         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)"""
6910         return _core_.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6911
6912     def GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6913         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int"""
6914         return _core_.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6915
6916     def SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6917         """
6918         SetAssertMode(self, int mode)
6919
6920         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds.
6921         """
6922         return _core_.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6923
6924     def GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6925         """
6926         GetAssertMode(self) -> int
6927
6928         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting.
6929         """
6930         return _core_.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6931
6932     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6933         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6934         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6935
6936     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6937     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6938         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6939         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6940
6941     GetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6942     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6943         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6944         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6945
6946     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6947     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6948         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6949         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6950
6951     GetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId)
6952     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6953         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6954         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6955
6956     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6957     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6958         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6959         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6960
6961     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6962     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6963         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6964         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6965
6966     SetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6967     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6968         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6969         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6970
6971     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6972     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6973         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6974         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6975
6976     SetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId)
6977     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6978         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6979         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6980
6981     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6982     def _BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs):
6983         """
6984         _BootstrapApp(self)
6985
6986         For internal use only
6987         """
6988         return _core_.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs)
6989
6990     def GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs):
6991         """
6992         GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6993
6994         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6995         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6996         """
6997         return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs)
6998
6999     GetComCtl32Version = staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version)
7000     def IsDisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs):
7001         """
7002         IsDisplayAvailable() -> bool
7003
7004         Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment.
7005         This will mean different things on the different platforms.
7006
7007            * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is
7008              not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen
7009              if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly.
7010
7011            * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not
7012              able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in
7013              remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead
7014              of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.)
7015
7016            * On MS Windows...
7017
7018         """
7019         return _core_.PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs)
7020
7021     IsDisplayAvailable = staticmethod(IsDisplayAvailable)
7022     AppName = property(GetAppName,SetAppName,doc="See `GetAppName` and `SetAppName`")
7023     AssertMode = property(GetAssertMode,SetAssertMode,doc="See `GetAssertMode` and `SetAssertMode`")
7024     ClassName = property(GetClassName,SetClassName,doc="See `GetClassName` and `SetClassName`")
7025     ExitOnFrameDelete = property(GetExitOnFrameDelete,SetExitOnFrameDelete,doc="See `GetExitOnFrameDelete` and `SetExitOnFrameDelete`")
7026     LayoutDirection = property(GetLayoutDirection,doc="See `GetLayoutDirection`")
7027     PrintMode = property(GetPrintMode,SetPrintMode,doc="See `GetPrintMode` and `SetPrintMode`")
7028     TopWindow = property(GetTopWindow,SetTopWindow,doc="See `GetTopWindow` and `SetTopWindow`")
7029     Traits = property(GetTraits,doc="See `GetTraits`")
7030     UseBestVisual = property(GetUseBestVisual,SetUseBestVisual,doc="See `GetUseBestVisual` and `SetUseBestVisual`")
7031     VendorName = property(GetVendorName,SetVendorName,doc="See `GetVendorName` and `SetVendorName`")
7032     Active = property(IsActive)
7033 _core_.PyApp_swigregister(PyApp)
7034
7035 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args):
7036   """
7037     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
7038
7039     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
7040     currently be dispatched.
7041     """
7042   return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args)
7043
7044 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args):
7045   """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
7046   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args)
7047
7048 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args):
7049   """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
7050   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args)
7051
7052 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args):
7053   """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
7054   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args)
7055
7056 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args):
7057   """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
7058   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args)
7059
7060 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args):
7061   """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
7062   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args)
7063
7064 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
7065   """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
7066   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
7067
7068 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7069   """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
7070   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7071
7072 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7073   """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
7074   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7075
7076 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7077   """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
7078   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7079
7080 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
7081   """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
7082   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
7083
7084 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args):
7085   """
7086     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int
7087
7088     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
7089     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
7090     """
7091   return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args)
7092
7093 def PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args):
7094   """
7095     PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable() -> bool
7096
7097     Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment.
7098     This will mean different things on the different platforms.
7099
7100        * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is
7101          not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen
7102          if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly.
7103
7104        * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not
7105          able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in
7106          remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead
7107          of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.)
7108
7109        * On MS Windows...
7110
7111     """
7112   return _core_.PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args)
7113
7114 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7115
7116
7117 def Exit(*args):
7118   """
7119     Exit()
7120
7121     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit()
7122     """
7123   return _core_.Exit(*args)
7124
7125 def Yield(*args):
7126   """
7127     Yield() -> bool
7128
7129     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield()
7130     """
7131   return _core_.Yield(*args)
7132
7133 def YieldIfNeeded(*args):
7134   """
7135     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool
7136
7137     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True)
7138     """
7139   return _core_.YieldIfNeeded(*args)
7140
7141 def SafeYield(*args, **kwargs):
7142   """
7143     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
7144
7145     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the
7146     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and
7147     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window
7148     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user
7149     interaction.
7150
7151     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`.
7152     """
7153   return _core_.SafeYield(*args, **kwargs)
7154
7155 def WakeUpIdle(*args):
7156   """
7157     WakeUpIdle()
7158
7159     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be
7160     sent.
7161     """
7162   return _core_.WakeUpIdle(*args)
7163
7164 def PostEvent(*args, **kwargs):
7165   """
7166     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event)
7167
7168     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed
7169     later.
7170     """
7171   return _core_.PostEvent(*args, **kwargs)
7172
7173 def App_CleanUp(*args):
7174   """
7175     App_CleanUp()
7176
7177     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when
7178     Python shuts down.
7179     """
7180   return _core_.App_CleanUp(*args)
7181
7182 def GetApp(*args):
7183   """
7184     GetApp() -> PyApp
7185
7186     Return a reference to the current wx.App object.
7187     """
7188   return _core_.GetApp(*args)
7189
7190 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs):
7191   """
7192     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding)
7193
7194     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a
7195     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7196
7197     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]``
7198     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale
7199     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please
7200     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
7201     between the common latin/roman encodings.
7202     """
7203   return _core_.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs)
7204
7205 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args):
7206   """
7207     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string
7208
7209     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to
7210     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7211     """
7212   return _core_.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args)
7213 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7214
7215 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow:
7216     """
7217     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and
7218     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to
7219     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area
7220     and write the text there.
7221     """
7222     def __init__(self, title = "wxPython: stdout/stderr"):
7223         self.frame  = None
7224         self.title  = title
7225         self.pos    = wx.DefaultPosition
7226         self.size   = (450, 300)
7227         self.parent = None
7228
7229     def SetParent(self, parent):
7230         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent."""
7231         self.parent = parent
7232
7233
7234     def CreateOutputWindow(self, st):
7235         self.frame = wx.Frame(self.parent, -1, self.title, self.pos, self.size,
7236                               style=wx.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE)
7237         self.text  = wx.TextCtrl(self.frame, -1, "",
7238                                  style=wx.TE_MULTILINE|wx.TE_READONLY)
7239         self.text.AppendText(st)
7240         self.frame.Show(True)
7241         self.frame.Bind(wx.EVT_CLOSE, self.OnCloseWindow)
7242
7243
7244     def OnCloseWindow(self, event):
7245         if self.frame is not None:
7246             self.frame.Destroy()
7247         self.frame = None
7248         self.text  = None
7249
7250
7251     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour.
7252     def write(self, text):
7253         """
7254         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it.
7255         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses
7256         CallAfter to do the work there.
7257         """
7258         if self.frame is None:
7259             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7260                 wx.CallAfter(self.CreateOutputWindow, text)
7261             else:
7262                 self.CreateOutputWindow(text)
7263         else:
7264             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7265                 wx.CallAfter(self.text.AppendText, text)
7266             else:
7267                 self.text.AppendText(text)
7268
7269
7270     def close(self):
7271         if self.frame is not None:
7272             wx.CallAfter(self.frame.Close)
7273
7274
7275     def flush(self):
7276         pass
7277
7278
7279
7280 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7281
7282 _defRedirect = (wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__' or wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__')
7283
7284 class App(wx.PyApp):
7285     """
7286     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to:
7287
7288       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying
7289         gui toolkit
7290       * set and get application-wide properties
7291       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop,
7292         and to dispatch events to window instances
7293       * etc.
7294
7295     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all
7296     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the
7297     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui
7298     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized.
7299
7300     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an
7301     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls
7302     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``.
7303
7304     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used
7305            directly.
7306     """
7307
7308     outputWindowClass = PyOnDemandOutputWindow
7309
7310     def __init__(self, redirect=_defRedirect, filename=None,
7311                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7312         """
7313         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.
7314
7315         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be
7316             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False
7317             otherwise.  If `filename` is None then output will be
7318             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can
7319             control what kind of window is created for the output by
7320             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a
7321             class of your choosing.)
7322
7323         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if
7324             redirect is True.
7325
7326         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best
7327             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on
7328             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter
7329             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later
7330             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI
7331             toolkit is initialized.
7332
7333         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the
7334             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other
7335             GUI apps will.
7336
7337         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition
7338             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and
7339             wxWidgets are fully initialized.
7340         """
7341
7342         wx.PyApp.__init__(self)
7343
7344         # make sure we can create a GUI
7345         if not self.IsDisplayAvailable():
7346
7347             if wx.Platform == "__WXMAC__":
7348                 msg = """This program needs access to the screen.
7349 Please run with 'pythonw', not 'python', and only when you are logged
7350 in on the main display of your Mac."""
7351
7352             elif wx.Platform == "__WXGTK__":
7353                 msg ="Unable to access the X Display, is $DISPLAY set properly?"
7354
7355             else:
7356                 msg = "Unable to create GUI"
7357                 # TODO: more description is needed for wxMSW...
7358
7359             raise SystemExit(msg)
7360
7361         # This has to be done before OnInit
7362         self.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual)
7363
7364         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem
7365         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this
7366         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send
7367         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By
7368         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as
7369         # expected (depending on platform.)
7370         if clearSigInt:
7371             try:
7372                 import signal
7373                 signal.signal(signal.SIGINT, signal.SIG_DFL)
7374             except:
7375                 pass
7376
7377         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window?
7378         self.stdioWin = None
7379         self.saveStdio = (_sys.stdout, _sys.stderr)
7380         if redirect:
7381             self.RedirectStdio(filename)
7382
7383         # Use Python's install prefix as the default
7384         wx.StandardPaths.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys.prefix)
7385
7386         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls
7387         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class
7388         self._BootstrapApp()
7389
7390
7391     def OnPreInit(self):
7392         """
7393         Things that must be done after _BootstrapApp has done its
7394         thing, but would be nice if they were already done by the time
7395         that OnInit is called.
7396         """
7397         wx.StockGDI._initStockObjects()
7398
7399
7400     def __del__(self, destroy=wx.PyApp.__del__):
7401         self.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden
7402         destroy(self)
7403
7404     def Destroy(self):
7405         wx.PyApp.Destroy(self)
7406         self.thisown = 0
7407
7408     def SetTopWindow(self, frame):
7409         """Set the \"main\" top level window"""
7410         if self.stdioWin:
7411             self.stdioWin.SetParent(frame)
7412         wx.PyApp.SetTopWindow(self, frame)
7413
7414
7415     def MainLoop(self):
7416         """Execute the main GUI event loop"""
7417         wx.PyApp.MainLoop(self)
7418         self.RestoreStdio()
7419
7420
7421     def RedirectStdio(self, filename=None):
7422         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window."""
7423         if filename:
7424             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = open(filename, 'a')
7425         else:
7426             self.stdioWin = self.outputWindowClass()
7427             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = self.stdioWin
7428
7429
7430     def RestoreStdio(self):
7431         try:
7432             _sys.stdout, _sys.stderr = self.saveStdio
7433         except:
7434             pass
7435
7436
7437     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self, title=None, pos=None, size=None):
7438         """
7439         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if
7440         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before
7441         any output would cause the output window to be created.
7442         """
7443         if self.stdioWin:
7444             if title is not None:
7445                 self.stdioWin.title = title
7446             if pos is not None:
7447                 self.stdioWin.pos = pos
7448             if size is not None:
7449                 self.stdioWin.size = size
7450
7451
7452
7453
7454 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX
7455 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7456 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
7457 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7458 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
7459 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7460 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7461 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
7462 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7463 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
7464 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7465 App_GetComCtl32Version           = _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
7466
7467 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7468
7469 class PySimpleApp(wx.App):
7470     """
7471     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and
7472     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry
7473     about OnInit.  For example::
7474
7475         app = wx.PySimpleApp()
7476         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World')
7477         frame.Show()
7478         app.MainLoop()
7479
7480     :see: `wx.App`
7481     """
7482
7483     def __init__(self, redirect=False, filename=None,
7484                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7485         """
7486         :see: `wx.App.__init__`
7487         """
7488         wx.App.__init__(self, redirect, filename, useBestVisual, clearSigInt)
7489
7490     def OnInit(self):
7491         return True
7492
7493
7494
7495 # Is anybody using this one?
7496 class PyWidgetTester(wx.App):
7497     def __init__(self, size = (250, 100)):
7498         self.size = size
7499         wx.App.__init__(self, 0)
7500
7501     def OnInit(self):
7502         self.frame = wx.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos=(0,0), size=self.size)
7503         self.SetTopWindow(self.frame)
7504         return True
7505
7506     def SetWidget(self, widgetClass, *args, **kwargs):
7507         w = widgetClass(self.frame, *args, **kwargs)
7508         self.frame.Show(True)
7509
7510 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7511 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we
7512 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When
7513 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup
7514 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function.
7515
7516 class __wxPyCleanup:
7517     def __init__(self):
7518         self.cleanup = _core_.App_CleanUp
7519     def __del__(self):
7520         self.cleanup()
7521
7522 _sys.__wxPythonCleanup = __wxPyCleanup()
7523
7524 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early...
7525 ## import atexit
7526 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp)
7527
7528
7529 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7530
7531 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7532
7533 class EventLoop(object):
7534     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class"""
7535     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7536     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7537     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7538         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop"""
7539         _core_.EventLoop_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoop(*args, **kwargs))
7540     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoop
7541     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7542     def Run(*args, **kwargs):
7543         """Run(self) -> int"""
7544         return _core_.EventLoop_Run(*args, **kwargs)
7545
7546     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
7547         """Exit(self, int rc=0)"""
7548         return _core_.EventLoop_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
7549
7550     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
7551         """Pending(self) -> bool"""
7552         return _core_.EventLoop_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
7553
7554     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
7555         """Dispatch(self) -> bool"""
7556         return _core_.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
7557
7558     def IsRunning(*args, **kwargs):
7559         """IsRunning(self) -> bool"""
7560         return _core_.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args, **kwargs)
7561
7562     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7563         """GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7564         return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7565
7566     GetActive = staticmethod(GetActive)
7567     def SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7568         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7569         return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7570
7571     SetActive = staticmethod(SetActive)
7572 _core_.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoop)
7573
7574 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args):
7575   """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7576   return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args)
7577
7578 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7579   """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7580   return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7581
7582 class EventLoopActivator(object):
7583     """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class"""
7584     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7585     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7586     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7587         """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator"""
7588         _core_.EventLoopActivator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoopActivator(*args, **kwargs))
7589     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoopActivator
7590     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7591 _core_.EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivator)
7592
7593 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7594
7595 ACCEL_ALT = _core_.ACCEL_ALT
7596 ACCEL_CTRL = _core_.ACCEL_CTRL
7597 ACCEL_SHIFT = _core_.ACCEL_SHIFT
7598 ACCEL_NORMAL = _core_.ACCEL_NORMAL
7599 ACCEL_CMD = _core_.ACCEL_CMD
7600 class AcceleratorEntry(object):
7601     """
7602     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython
7603     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a
7604     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just
7605     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values.
7606
7607     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable`
7608     """
7609     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7610     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7611     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7612         """
7613         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry
7614
7615         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7616         """
7617         _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args, **kwargs))
7618     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorEntry
7619     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7620     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
7621         """
7622         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd)
7623
7624         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7625         :see `__init__`
7626         """
7627         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args, **kwargs)
7628
7629     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
7630         """
7631         Create(String str) -> AcceleratorEntry
7632
7633         Create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, or None if
7634         it coulnd't be parsed.
7635         """
7636         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7637
7638     Create = staticmethod(Create)
7639     def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
7640         """
7641         GetFlags(self) -> int
7642
7643         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags.
7644         """
7645         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
7646
7647     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
7648         """
7649         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
7650
7651         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode.
7652         """
7653         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
7654
7655     def GetCommand(*args, **kwargs):
7656         """
7657         GetCommand(self) -> int
7658
7659         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID.
7660         """
7661         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args, **kwargs)
7662
7663     def IsOk(*args, **kwargs):
7664         """IsOk(self) -> bool"""
7665         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_IsOk(*args, **kwargs)
7666
7667     def ToString(*args, **kwargs):
7668         """
7669         ToString(self) -> String
7670
7671         Returns a string representation for the this accelerator.  The string
7672         is formatted using the <flags>-<keycode> format where <flags> maybe a
7673         hyphen-separed list of "shift|alt|ctrl"
7674
7675         """
7676         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_ToString(*args, **kwargs)
7677
7678     def FromString(*args, **kwargs):
7679         """
7680         FromString(self, String str) -> bool
7681
7682         Returns true if the given string correctly initialized this object.
7683         """
7684         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_FromString(*args, **kwargs)
7685
7686     Command = property(GetCommand,doc="See `GetCommand`")
7687     Flags = property(GetFlags,doc="See `GetFlags`")
7688     KeyCode = property(GetKeyCode,doc="See `GetKeyCode`")
7689 _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntry)
7690
7691 def AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs):
7692   """
7693     AcceleratorEntry_Create(String str) -> AcceleratorEntry
7694
7695     Create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, or None if
7696     it coulnd't be parsed.
7697     """
7698   return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7699
7700 class AcceleratorTable(Object):
7701     """
7702     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of
7703     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or
7704     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are
7705     supported.
7706     """
7707     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7708     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7709     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7710         """
7711         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable
7712
7713         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7714         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID)
7715
7716         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7717         """
7718         _core_.AcceleratorTable_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs))
7719     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorTable
7720     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7721     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
7722         """Ok(self) -> bool"""
7723         return _core_.AcceleratorTable_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
7724
7725 _core_.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTable)
7726
7727
7728 def GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs):
7729   """GetAccelFromString(String label) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
7730   return _core_.GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs)
7731 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7732
7733 class VisualAttributes(object):
7734     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control"""
7735     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7736     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7737     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7738         """
7739         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes
7740
7741         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control
7742         """
7743         _core_.VisualAttributes_swiginit(self,_core_.new_VisualAttributes(*args, **kwargs))
7744     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_VisualAttributes
7745     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7746     font = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_font_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_font_set)
7747     colFg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_set)
7748     colBg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_set)
7749 _core_.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributes)
7750 NullAcceleratorTable = cvar.NullAcceleratorTable
7751 PanelNameStr = cvar.PanelNameStr
7752
7753 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
7754 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
7755 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
7756 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
7757 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
7758 class Window(EvtHandler):
7759     """
7760     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible
7761     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are
7762     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't
7763     appear on screen themselves.
7764
7765     """
7766     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7767     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7768     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7769         """
7770         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7771             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window
7772
7773         Construct and show a generic Window.
7774         """
7775         _core_.Window_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Window(*args, **kwargs))
7776         self._setOORInfo(self)
7777
7778     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
7779         """
7780         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7781             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool
7782
7783         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode.
7784         """
7785         return _core_.Window_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7786
7787     def Close(*args, **kwargs):
7788         """
7789         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool
7790
7791         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually
7792         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,
7793         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close
7794         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.
7795         """
7796         return _core_.Window_Close(*args, **kwargs)
7797
7798     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
7799         """
7800         Destroy(self) -> bool
7801
7802         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed
7803         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list
7804         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events
7805         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to
7806         non-existent windows.
7807
7808         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it
7809         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.
7810         """
7811         val = _core_.Window_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
7812         args[0].thisown = 0
7813         return val
7814
7815     def DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs):
7816         """
7817         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool
7818
7819         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the
7820         destructor.
7821         """
7822         return _core_.Window_DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs)
7823
7824     def IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs):
7825         """
7826         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool
7827
7828         Is the window in the process of being deleted?
7829         """
7830         return _core_.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs)
7831
7832     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7833         """
7834         SetLabel(self, String label)
7835
7836         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.
7837         """
7838         return _core_.Window_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7839
7840     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7841         """
7842         GetLabel(self) -> String
7843
7844         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification
7845         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to
7846         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For
7847         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function
7848         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs
7849         access programs)which need to identify windows by name.
7850         """
7851         return _core_.Window_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7852
7853     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
7854         """
7855         SetName(self, String name)
7856
7857         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting
7858         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label
7859         """
7860         return _core_.Window_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
7861
7862     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
7863         """
7864         GetName(self) -> String
7865
7866         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique;
7867         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window
7868         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.
7869         """
7870         return _core_.Window_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
7871
7872     def SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7873         """
7874         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant)
7875
7876         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if
7877         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.
7878         """
7879         return _core_.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7880
7881     def GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7882         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int"""
7883         return _core_.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7884
7885     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
7886         """
7887         SetId(self, int winid)
7888
7889         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7890         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier
7891         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on
7892         creation and should not be modified subsequently.
7893         """
7894         return _core_.Window_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
7895
7896     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
7897         """
7898         GetId(self) -> int
7899
7900         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7901         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id
7902         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be
7903         generated.
7904         """
7905         return _core_.Window_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
7906
7907     def NewControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7908         """
7909         NewControlId() -> int
7910
7911         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
7912         """
7913         return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7914
7915     NewControlId = staticmethod(NewControlId)
7916     def NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7917         """
7918         NextControlId(int winid) -> int
7919
7920         Get the id of the control following the one with the given
7921         autogenerated) id
7922         """
7923         return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7924
7925     NextControlId = staticmethod(NextControlId)
7926     def PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7927         """
7928         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
7929
7930         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
7931         autogenerated) id
7932         """
7933         return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7934
7935     PrevControlId = staticmethod(PrevControlId)
7936     def GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
7937         """
7938         GetLayoutDirection(self) -> int
7939
7940         Get the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.  Returns
7941         ``wx.Layout_Default`` if layout direction is not supported.
7942         """
7943         return _core_.Window_GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
7944
7945     def SetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
7946         """
7947         SetLayoutDirection(self, int dir)
7948
7949         Set the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.
7950         """
7951         return _core_.Window_SetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
7952
7953     def AdjustForLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
7954         """
7955         AdjustForLayoutDirection(self, int x, int width, int widthTotal) -> int
7956
7957         Mirror coordinates for RTL layout if this window uses it and if the
7958         mirroring is not done automatically like Win32.
7959         """
7960         return _core_.Window_AdjustForLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
7961
7962     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7963         """
7964         SetSize(self, Size size)
7965
7966         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7967         """
7968         return _core_.Window_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7969
7970     def SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs):
7971         """
7972         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7973
7974         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags
7975         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are
7976         equal to -1.
7977
7978             ========================  ======================================
7979             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific
7980                                       default should be used.
7981             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if
7982                                       -1 values are supplied.
7983             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be
7984                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not
7985                                       default values.
7986             ========================  ======================================
7987
7988         """
7989         return _core_.Window_SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs)
7990
7991     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7992         """
7993         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7994
7995         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.
7996         """
7997         return _core_.Window_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7998
7999     def SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8000         """
8001         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
8002
8003         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
8004         """
8005         return _core_.Window_SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8006
8007     def Move(*args, **kwargs):
8008         """
8009         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
8010
8011         Moves the window to the given position.
8012         """
8013         return _core_.Window_Move(*args, **kwargs)
8014
8015     SetPosition = Move
8016     def MoveXY(*args, **kwargs):
8017         """
8018         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
8019
8020         Moves the window to the given position.
8021         """
8022         return _core_.Window_MoveXY(*args, **kwargs)
8023
8024     def SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
8025         """
8026         SetBestFittingSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize)
8027
8028         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the
8029         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.
8030         """
8031         return _core_.Window_SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
8032
8033     def Raise(*args, **kwargs):
8034         """
8035         Raise(self)
8036
8037         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy.  In current
8038         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
8039         """
8040         return _core_.Window_Raise(*args, **kwargs)
8041
8042     def Lower(*args, **kwargs):
8043         """
8044         Lower(self)
8045
8046         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy.  In current
8047         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
8048         """
8049         return _core_.Window_Lower(*args, **kwargs)
8050
8051     def SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
8052         """
8053         SetClientSize(self, Size size)
8054
8055         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8056         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8057         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8058         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8059         around panel items, for example.
8060         """
8061         return _core_.Window_SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
8062
8063     def SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8064         """
8065         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
8066
8067         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8068         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8069         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8070         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8071         around panel items, for example.
8072         """
8073         return _core_.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8074
8075     def SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8076         """
8077         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect)
8078
8079         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8080         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8081         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8082         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8083         around panel items, for example.
8084         """
8085         return _core_.Window_SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8086
8087     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
8088         """
8089         GetPosition(self) -> Point
8090
8091         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
8092         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
8093         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
8094         kinds of windows.
8095         """
8096         return _core_.Window_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
8097
8098     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8099         """
8100         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
8101
8102         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
8103         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
8104         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
8105         kinds of windows.
8106         """
8107         return _core_.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8108
8109     def GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs):
8110         """
8111         GetScreenPosition(self) -> Point
8112
8113         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
8114         """
8115         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs)
8116
8117     def GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8118         """
8119         GetScreenPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
8120
8121         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
8122         """
8123         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8124
8125     def GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs):
8126         """
8127         GetScreenRect(self) -> Rect
8128
8129         Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as
8130         a `wx.Rect` object.
8131         """
8132         return _core_.Window_GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs)
8133
8134     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
8135         """
8136         GetSize(self) -> Size
8137
8138         Get the window size.
8139         """
8140         return _core_.Window_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
8141
8142     def GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8143         """
8144         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8145
8146         Get the window size.
8147         """
8148         return _core_.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8149
8150     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
8151         """
8152         GetRect(self) -> Rect
8153
8154         Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.
8155         """
8156         return _core_.Window_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
8157
8158     def GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
8159         """
8160         GetClientSize(self) -> Size
8161
8162         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
8163         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
8164         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
8165         """
8166         return _core_.Window_GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
8167
8168     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8169         """
8170         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8171
8172         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
8173         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
8174         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
8175         """
8176         return _core_.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8177
8178     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs):
8179         """
8180         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point
8181
8182         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the
8183         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of
8184         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)
8185         """
8186         return _core_.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs)
8187
8188     def GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8189         """
8190         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect
8191
8192         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.
8193         """
8194         return _core_.Window_GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8195
8196     def GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8197         """
8198         GetBestSize(self) -> Size
8199
8200         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8201         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8202         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8203         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8204         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8205         after calling Fit.
8206         """
8207         return _core_.Window_GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8208
8209     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8210         """
8211         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8212
8213         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8214         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8215         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8216         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8217         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8218         after calling Fit.
8219         """
8220         return _core_.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8221
8222     def InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8223         """
8224         InvalidateBestSize(self)
8225
8226         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next
8227         time it is needed.
8228         """
8229         return _core_.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8230
8231     def CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8232         """
8233         CacheBestSize(self, Size size)
8234
8235         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until
8236         some properties of the window change.)
8237         """
8238         return _core_.Window_CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8239
8240     def GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
8241         """
8242         GetBestFittingSize(self) -> Size
8243
8244         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's
8245         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns
8246         the results.
8247
8248         """
8249         return _core_.Window_GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
8250
8251     def GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8252         """
8253         GetAdjustedBestSize(self) -> Size
8254
8255         This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one
8256         thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the
8257         window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any
8258         user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window
8259         should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly
8260         tolerate.
8261         """
8262         return _core_.Window_GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8263
8264     def Center(*args, **kwargs):
8265         """
8266         Center(self, int direction=BOTH)
8267
8268         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for
8269         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may
8270         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window
8271         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a
8272         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered
8273         relative to the screen.
8274         """
8275         return _core_.Window_Center(*args, **kwargs)
8276
8277     Centre = Center
8278     def CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs):
8279         """
8280         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH)
8281
8282         Center with respect to the the parent window
8283         """
8284         return _core_.Window_CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)
8285
8286     CentreOnParent = CenterOnParent
8287     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
8288         """
8289         Fit(self)
8290
8291         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function
8292         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work
8293         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the
8294         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result
8295         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of
8296         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize())
8297         instead of calling Fit.
8298         """
8299         return _core_.Window_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
8300
8301     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
8302         """
8303         FitInside(self)
8304
8305         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a
8306         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after
8307         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled
8308         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do
8309         anything if there are no subwindows.
8310         """
8311         return _core_.Window_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
8312
8313     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8314         """
8315         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,
8316             int incH=-1)
8317
8318         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8319         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8320         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8321         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8322         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8323         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8324
8325         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8326         """
8327         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8328
8329     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8330         """
8331         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)
8332
8333         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8334         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8335         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8336         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8337         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8338         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8339
8340         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8341         """
8342         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8343
8344     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8345         """
8346         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)
8347
8348         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8349         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8350         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8351         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8352         """
8353         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8354
8355     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8356         """
8357         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)
8358
8359         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8360         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8361         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8362         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8363         """
8364         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8365
8366     def GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8367         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size"""
8368         return _core_.Window_GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8369
8370     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8371         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size"""
8372         return _core_.Window_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8373
8374     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8375         """
8376         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize)
8377
8378         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8379         min size.
8380         """
8381         return _core_.Window_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8382
8383     def SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8384         """
8385         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize)
8386
8387         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8388         max size.
8389         """
8390         return _core_.Window_SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8391
8392     def GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8393         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int"""
8394         return _core_.Window_GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8395
8396     def GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8397         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int"""
8398         return _core_.Window_GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8399
8400     def GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8401         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int"""
8402         return _core_.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8403
8404     def GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8405         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int"""
8406         return _core_.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8407
8408     def SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8409         """
8410         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size)
8411
8412         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8413         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8414         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8415         """
8416         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8417
8418     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8419         """
8420         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h)
8421
8422         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8423         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8424         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8425         """
8426         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8427
8428     def GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8429         """
8430         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8431
8432         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8433         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8434         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8435         """
8436         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8437
8438     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8439         """
8440         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8441
8442         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8443         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8444         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8445         """
8446         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8447
8448     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8449         """
8450         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8451
8452         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a
8453         sizer, interior children, or other means)
8454         """
8455         return _core_.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8456
8457     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
8458         """
8459         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool
8460
8461         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level
8462         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if
8463         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if
8464         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done
8465         because it already was in the requested state.
8466         """
8467         return _core_.Window_Show(*args, **kwargs)
8468
8469     def Hide(*args, **kwargs):
8470         """
8471         Hide(self) -> bool
8472
8473         Equivalent to calling Show(False).
8474         """
8475         return _core_.Window_Hide(*args, **kwargs)
8476
8477     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
8478         """
8479         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool
8480
8481         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent
8482         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they
8483         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window
8484         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the
8485         window had already been in the specified state.
8486         """
8487         return _core_.Window_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
8488
8489     def Disable(*args, **kwargs):
8490         """
8491         Disable(self) -> bool
8492
8493         Disables the window, same as Enable(false).
8494         """
8495         return _core_.Window_Disable(*args, **kwargs)
8496
8497     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
8498         """
8499         IsShown(self) -> bool
8500
8501         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.
8502         """
8503         return _core_.Window_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
8504
8505     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8506         """
8507         IsEnabled(self) -> bool
8508
8509         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.
8510         """
8511         return _core_.Window_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8512
8513     def IsShownOnScreen(*args, **kwargs):
8514         """
8515         IsShownOnScreen(self) -> bool
8516
8517         Returns ``True`` if the window is physically visible on the screen,
8518         i.e. it is shown and all its parents up to the toplevel window are
8519         shown as well.
8520         """
8521         return _core_.Window_IsShownOnScreen(*args, **kwargs)
8522
8523     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8524         """
8525         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style)
8526
8527         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be
8528         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be
8529         called after changing the others for the change to take place
8530         immediately.
8531         """
8532         return _core_.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8533
8534     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8535         """
8536         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long
8537
8538         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create
8539         method.
8540         """
8541         return _core_.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8542
8543     SetWindowStyle = SetWindowStyleFlag; GetWindowStyle = GetWindowStyleFlag
8544     def HasFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8545         """
8546         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool
8547
8548         Test if the given style is set for this window.
8549         """
8550         return _core_.Window_HasFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8551
8552     def IsRetained(*args, **kwargs):
8553         """
8554         IsRetained(self) -> bool
8555
8556         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained
8557         windows are only available on X platforms.
8558         """
8559         return _core_.Window_IsRetained(*args, **kwargs)
8560
8561     def SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8562         """
8563         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle)
8564
8565         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less
8566         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with
8567         SetWindowStyleFlag()
8568         """
8569         return _core_.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8570
8571     def GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8572         """
8573         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long
8574
8575         Returns the extra style bits for the window.
8576         """
8577         return _core_.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8578
8579     def MakeModal(*args, **kwargs):
8580         """
8581         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True)
8582
8583         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can
8584         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this
8585         effect.
8586         """
8587         return _core_.Window_MakeModal(*args, **kwargs)
8588
8589     def SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8590         """
8591         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme)
8592
8593         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"
8594          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background
8595          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support
8596          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is
8597          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a
8598          user's selected theme.
8599
8600         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true
8601         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.
8602         """
8603         return _core_.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8604
8605     def GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8606         """
8607         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool
8608
8609         Return the themeEnabled flag.
8610         """
8611         return _core_.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8612
8613     def SetFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8614         """
8615         SetFocus(self)
8616
8617         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.
8618         """
8619         return _core_.Window_SetFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8620
8621     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs):
8622         """
8623         SetFocusFromKbd(self)
8624
8625         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally
8626         only called internally.
8627         """
8628         return _core_.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs)
8629
8630     def FindFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8631         """
8632         FindFocus() -> Window
8633
8634         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
8635         or None.
8636         """
8637         return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8638
8639     FindFocus = staticmethod(FindFocus)
8640     def AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8641         """
8642         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool
8643
8644         Can this window have focus?
8645         """
8646         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8647
8648     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
8649         """
8650         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
8651
8652         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the
8653         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click
8654         it.
8655         """
8656         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
8657
8658     def Navigate(*args, **kwargs):
8659         """
8660         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
8661
8662         Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a
8663         `wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.
8664         """
8665         return _core_.Window_Navigate(*args, **kwargs)
8666
8667     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8668         """
8669         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8670
8671         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified
8672         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on
8673         that other window, the focus switches to this window.
8674
8675         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function
8676         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the
8677         windows.
8678
8679         """
8680         return _core_.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8681
8682     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8683         """
8684         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8685
8686         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just
8687         before win instead of putting it right after it.
8688         """
8689         return _core_.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8690
8691     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
8692         """
8693         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject
8694
8695         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a
8696         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return
8697         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children
8698         do not change.
8699         """
8700         return _core_.Window_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
8701
8702     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
8703         """
8704         GetParent(self) -> Window
8705
8706         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.
8707         """
8708         return _core_.Window_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
8709
8710     def GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs):
8711         """
8712         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window
8713
8714         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there
8715         isn't one.
8716         """
8717         return _core_.Window_GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs)
8718
8719     def IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs):
8720         """
8721         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool
8722
8723         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all
8724         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even
8725         if they have a parent window).
8726         """
8727         return _core_.Window_IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs)
8728
8729     def Reparent(*args, **kwargs):
8730         """
8731         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool
8732
8733         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current
8734         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then
8735         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True
8736         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==
8737         oldParent)
8738         """
8739         return _core_.Window_Reparent(*args, **kwargs)
8740
8741     def AddChild(*args, **kwargs):
8742         """
8743         AddChild(self, Window child)
8744
8745         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation
8746         functions so should not be required by the application programmer.
8747         """
8748         return _core_.Window_AddChild(*args, **kwargs)
8749
8750     def RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs):
8751         """
8752         RemoveChild(self, Window child)
8753
8754         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window
8755         deletion functions so should not be required by the application
8756         programmer.
8757         """
8758         return _core_.Window_RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs)
8759
8760     def SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs):
8761         """
8762         SetDoubleBuffered(self, bool on)
8763
8764         Currently wxGTK2 only.
8765         """
8766         return _core_.Window_SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs)
8767
8768     def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
8769         """
8770         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window
8771
8772         Find a chld of this window by window ID
8773         """
8774         return _core_.Window_FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
8775
8776     def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
8777         """
8778         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window
8779
8780         Find a child of this window by name
8781         """
8782         return _core_.Window_FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
8783
8784     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8785         """
8786         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler
8787
8788         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is
8789         its own event handler.
8790         """
8791         return _core_.Window_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8792
8793     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8794         """
8795         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8796
8797         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object
8798         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. By default,
8799         the window is its own event handler, but an application may wish to
8800         substitute another, for example to allow central implementation of
8801         event-handling for a variety of different window classes.
8802
8803         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets
8804         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event
8805         handler is handed to the next one in the chain.
8806         """
8807         return _core_.Window_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8808
8809     def PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8810         """
8811         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8812
8813         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.
8814         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events
8815         sent to a window. By default, the window is its own event handler, but
8816         an application may wish to substitute another, for example to allow
8817         central implementation of event-handling for a variety of different
8818         window classes.
8819
8820         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of
8821         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is
8822         handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` to
8823         remove the event handler.
8824         """
8825         return _core_.Window_PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8826
8827     def PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8828         """
8829         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler
8830
8831         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler
8832         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be
8833         destroyed after it is popped.
8834         """
8835         return _core_.Window_PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8836
8837     def RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8838         """
8839         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool
8840
8841         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not
8842         delete) it from the event handler chain, return True if it was found
8843         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this
8844         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be
8845         there.)
8846         """
8847         return _core_.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8848
8849     def SetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8850         """
8851         SetValidator(self, Validator validator)
8852
8853         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,
8854         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this
8855         type.
8856         """
8857         return _core_.Window_SetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8858
8859     def GetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8860         """
8861         GetValidator(self) -> Validator
8862
8863         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if
8864         there is none.
8865         """
8866         return _core_.Window_GetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8867
8868     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
8869         """
8870         Validate(self) -> bool
8871
8872         Validates the current values of the child controls using their
8873         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8874         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child
8875         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed.
8876         """
8877         return _core_.Window_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
8878
8879     def TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8880         """
8881         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool
8882
8883         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their
8884         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8885         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of
8886         all child windows.
8887         """
8888         return _core_.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8889
8890     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8891         """
8892         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool
8893
8894         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their
8895         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has
8896         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will
8897         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows.
8898         """
8899         return _core_.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8900
8901     def InitDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8902         """
8903         InitDialog(self)
8904
8905         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data
8906         to the dialog via validators.
8907         """
8908         return _core_.Window_InitDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8909
8910     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8911         """
8912         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel)
8913
8914         Sets the accelerator table for this window.
8915         """
8916         return _core_.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8917
8918     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8919         """
8920         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable
8921
8922         Gets the accelerator table for this window.
8923         """
8924         return _core_.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8925
8926     def RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8927         """
8928         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool
8929
8930         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey
8931         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will
8932         receive the event even if the application is in the background and
8933         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some
8934         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey
8935         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the
8936         hotkey was registered successfully.
8937         """
8938         return _core_.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8939
8940     def UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8941         """
8942         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool
8943
8944         Unregisters a system wide hotkey.
8945         """
8946         return _core_.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8947
8948     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8949         """
8950         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point
8951
8952         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8953         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8954         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8955         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8956         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8957         then divided by 8.
8958         """
8959         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8960
8961     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8962         """
8963         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size
8964
8965         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8966         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8967         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8968         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8969         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8970         then divided by 8.
8971         """
8972         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8973
8974     def DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs):
8975         """
8976         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point
8977
8978         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8979         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8980         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8981         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8982         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8983         then divided by 8.
8984         """
8985         return _core_.Window_DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs)
8986
8987     def DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs):
8988         """
8989         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size
8990
8991         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8992         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8993         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8994         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8995         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8996         then divided by 8.
8997         """
8998         return _core_.Window_DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs)
8999
9000     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9001         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point"""
9002         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9003
9004     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9005         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size"""
9006         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9007
9008     def WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs):
9009         """
9010         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y)
9011
9012         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.
9013
9014         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human
9015         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.
9016         """
9017         return _core_.Window_WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs)
9018
9019     def CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs):
9020         """
9021         CaptureMouse(self)
9022
9023         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to
9024         release the capture.
9025
9026         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the
9027         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window
9028         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if
9029         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must
9030         release the mouse as many times as you capture it, unless the window
9031         receives the `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` event.
9032
9033         Any application which captures the mouse in the beginning of some
9034         operation *must* handle `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` and cancel this
9035         operation when it receives the event. The event handler must not
9036         recapture mouse.
9037         """
9038         return _core_.Window_CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs)
9039
9040     def ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs):
9041         """
9042         ReleaseMouse(self)
9043
9044         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.
9045         """
9046         return _core_.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs)
9047
9048     def GetCapture(*args, **kwargs):
9049         """
9050         GetCapture() -> Window
9051
9052         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
9053         """
9054         return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args, **kwargs)
9055
9056     GetCapture = staticmethod(GetCapture)
9057     def HasCapture(*args, **kwargs):
9058         """
9059         HasCapture(self) -> bool
9060
9061         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.
9062         """
9063         return _core_.Window_HasCapture(*args, **kwargs)
9064
9065     def Refresh(*args, **kwargs):
9066         """
9067         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)
9068
9069         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it
9070         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent
9071         to the window.
9072         """
9073         return _core_.Window_Refresh(*args, **kwargs)
9074
9075     def RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs):
9076         """
9077         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)
9078
9079         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will
9080         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.
9081         """
9082         return _core_.Window_RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs)
9083
9084     def Update(*args, **kwargs):
9085         """
9086         Update(self)
9087
9088         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the
9089         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally
9090         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the
9091         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and
9092         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use Refresh
9093         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of
9094         it) unconditionally.
9095         """
9096         return _core_.Window_Update(*args, **kwargs)
9097
9098     def ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs):
9099         """
9100         ClearBackground(self)
9101
9102         Clears the window by filling it with the current background
9103         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.
9104         """
9105         return _core_.Window_ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs)
9106
9107     def Freeze(*args, **kwargs):
9108         """
9109         Freeze(self)
9110
9111         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from
9112         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be
9113         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be
9114         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has
9115         been undone.
9116
9117         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,
9118         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into
9119         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor
9120         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a
9121         mandatory directive.
9122         """
9123         return _core_.Window_Freeze(*args, **kwargs)
9124
9125     def IsFrozen(*args, **kwargs):
9126         """
9127         IsFrozen(self) -> bool
9128
9129         Returns ``True`` if the window has been frozen and not thawed yet.
9130
9131         :see: `Freeze` and `Thaw`
9132         """
9133         return _core_.Window_IsFrozen(*args, **kwargs)
9134
9135     def Thaw(*args, **kwargs):
9136         """
9137         Thaw(self)
9138
9139         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to
9140         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of
9141         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.
9142         """
9143         return _core_.Window_Thaw(*args, **kwargs)
9144
9145     def PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs):
9146         """
9147         PrepareDC(self, DC dc)
9148
9149         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a
9150         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current
9151         scroll position.
9152         """
9153         return _core_.Window_PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs)
9154
9155     def GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs):
9156         """
9157         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region
9158
9159         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been
9160         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.
9161         """
9162         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs)
9163
9164     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
9165         """
9166         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect
9167
9168         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.
9169         """
9170         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
9171
9172     def IsExposed(*args, **kwargs):
9173         """
9174         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool
9175
9176         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9177         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9178         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9179         exposed.
9180         """
9181         return _core_.Window_IsExposed(*args, **kwargs)
9182
9183     def IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs):
9184         """
9185         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool
9186
9187         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9188         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9189         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9190         exposed.
9191         """
9192         return _core_.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs)
9193
9194     def IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs):
9195         """
9196         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
9197
9198         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9199         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9200         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9201         exposed.
9202         """
9203         return _core_.Window_IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs)
9204
9205     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9206         """
9207         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes
9208
9209         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is
9210         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control
9211         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard
9212         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of
9213         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9214         """
9215         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9216
9217     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9218         """
9219         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
9220
9221         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
9222         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
9223         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
9224         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
9225         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9226
9227         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
9228         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
9229         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
9230         this.
9231         """
9232         return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9233
9234     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
9235     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9236         """
9237         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9238
9239         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour
9240         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default
9241         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and
9242         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window
9243         to the default background colour.
9244
9245         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate
9246         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after
9247         calling this function.
9248
9249         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this
9250         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the
9251         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all
9252         applications on the system.
9253         """
9254         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9255
9256     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9257         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9258         return _core_.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9259
9260     def SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9261         """
9262         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9263
9264         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour
9265         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on
9266         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may
9267         not be used at all.
9268         """
9269         return _core_.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9270
9271     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9272         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9273         return _core_.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9274
9275     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9276         """
9277         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour
9278
9279         Returns the background colour of the window.
9280         """
9281         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9282
9283     def GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9284         """
9285         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour
9286
9287         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of
9288         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text
9289         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.
9290         """
9291         return _core_.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9292
9293     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9294         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool"""
9295         return _core_.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9296
9297     def UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs):
9298         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool"""
9299         return _core_.Window_UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs)
9300
9301     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9302         """
9303         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool
9304
9305         Returns the background style of the window. The background style
9306         indicates how the background of the window is drawn.
9307
9308             ======================  ========================================
9309             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should
9310                                     be determined by the system
9311             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour
9312             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the
9313                                     application.
9314             ======================  ========================================
9315
9316         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of
9317         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has
9318         no effect on other platforms.
9319
9320         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`
9321         """
9322         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9323
9324     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9325         """
9326         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int
9327
9328         Returns the background style of the window.
9329
9330         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle`
9331         """
9332         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9333
9334     def HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs):
9335         """
9336         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool
9337
9338         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for
9339         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's
9340         background.
9341
9342         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you
9343         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override
9344         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted
9345         correctly.
9346         """
9347         return _core_.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs)
9348
9349     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9350         """
9351         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool
9352
9353         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it
9354         for the children of the window implicitly.
9355
9356         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will
9357         be reset back to default.
9358         """
9359         return _core_.Window_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9360
9361     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9362         """
9363         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
9364
9365         Return the cursor associated with this window.
9366         """
9367         return _core_.Window_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9368
9369     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9370         """
9371         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool
9372
9373         Sets the font for this window.
9374         """
9375         return _core_.Window_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9376
9377     def SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs):
9378         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)"""
9379         return _core_.Window_SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs)
9380
9381     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9382         """
9383         GetFont(self) -> Font
9384
9385         Returns the default font used for this window.
9386         """
9387         return _core_.Window_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9388
9389     def SetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9390         """
9391         SetCaret(self, Caret caret)
9392
9393         Sets the caret associated with the window.
9394         """
9395         return _core_.Window_SetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9396
9397     def GetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9398         """
9399         GetCaret(self) -> Caret
9400
9401         Returns the caret associated with the window.
9402         """
9403         return _core_.Window_GetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9404
9405     def GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs):
9406         """
9407         GetCharHeight(self) -> int
9408
9409         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9410         """
9411         return _core_.Window_GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs)
9412
9413     def GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs):
9414         """
9415         GetCharWidth(self) -> int
9416
9417         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9418         """
9419         return _core_.Window_GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs)
9420
9421     def GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9422         """
9423         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height)
9424
9425         Get the width and height of the text using the current font.
9426         """
9427         return _core_.Window_GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9428
9429     def GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9430         """
9431         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) ->
9432            (width, height, descent, externalLeading)
9433
9434         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the
9435         current or specified font.
9436         """
9437         return _core_.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9438
9439     def ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs):
9440         """
9441         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9442
9443         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9444         """
9445         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs)
9446
9447     def ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs):
9448         """
9449         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9450
9451         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9452         """
9453         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs)
9454
9455     def ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs):
9456         """
9457         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point
9458
9459         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9460         """
9461         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs)
9462
9463     def ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs):
9464         """
9465         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point
9466
9467         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9468         """
9469         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs)
9470
9471     def HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs):
9472         """
9473         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int
9474
9475         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9476         """
9477         return _core_.Window_HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs)
9478
9479     def HitTest(*args, **kwargs):
9480         """
9481         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int
9482
9483         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9484         """
9485         return _core_.Window_HitTest(*args, **kwargs)
9486
9487     def GetBorder(*args):
9488         """
9489         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int
9490         GetBorder(self) -> int
9491
9492         Get border for the flags of this window
9493         """
9494         return _core_.Window_GetBorder(*args)
9495
9496     def UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs):
9497         """
9498         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)
9499
9500         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular
9501         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will
9502         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will
9503         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this
9504         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at
9505         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are
9506         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called
9507         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to
9508         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events
9509         in idle time.
9510         """
9511         return _core_.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs)
9512
9513     def PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs):
9514         """
9515         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool
9516
9517         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9518         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9519         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9520         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9521         mouse cursor will be used.
9522         """
9523         return _core_.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs)
9524
9525     def PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9526         """
9527         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool
9528
9529         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9530         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9531         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9532         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9533         mouse cursor will be used.
9534         """
9535         return _core_.Window_PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9536
9537     def HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs):
9538         """HasMultiplePages(self) -> bool"""
9539         return _core_.Window_HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs)
9540
9541     def GetHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9542         """
9543         GetHandle(self) -> long
9544
9545         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the
9546         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the
9547         toplevel parent of the window.
9548         """
9549         return _core_.Window_GetHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9550
9551     def AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9552         """
9553         AssociateHandle(self, long handle)
9554
9555         Associate the window with a new native handle
9556         """
9557         return _core_.Window_AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9558
9559     def DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9560         """
9561         DissociateHandle(self)
9562
9563         Dissociate the current native handle from the window
9564         """
9565         return _core_.Window_DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9566
9567     def OnPaint(*args, **kwargs):
9568         """OnPaint(self, PaintEvent event)"""
9569         return _core_.Window_OnPaint(*args, **kwargs)
9570
9571     def HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9572         """
9573         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool
9574
9575         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?
9576         """
9577         return _core_.Window_HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9578
9579     def SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9580         """
9581         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,
9582             bool refresh=True)
9583
9584         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.
9585         """
9586         return _core_.Window_SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9587
9588     def SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9589         """
9590         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)
9591
9592         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.
9593         """
9594         return _core_.Window_SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9595
9596     def GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9597         """
9598         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int
9599
9600         Returns the built-in scrollbar position.
9601         """
9602         return _core_.Window_GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9603
9604     def GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs):
9605         """
9606         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int
9607
9608         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.
9609         """
9610         return _core_.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs)
9611
9612     def GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs):
9613         """
9614         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int
9615
9616         Returns the built-in scrollbar range.
9617         """
9618         return _core_.Window_GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs)
9619
9620     def ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9621         """
9622         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)
9623
9624         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows
9625         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling
9626         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that
9627         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.
9628         """
9629         return _core_.Window_ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9630
9631     def ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs):
9632         """
9633         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool
9634
9635         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9636         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines
9637         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9638         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9639         """
9640         return _core_.Window_ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs)
9641
9642     def ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs):
9643         """
9644         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool
9645
9646         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9647         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages
9648         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9649         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9650         """
9651         return _core_.Window_ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs)
9652
9653     def LineUp(*args, **kwargs):
9654         """
9655         LineUp(self) -> bool
9656
9657         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1).
9658         """
9659         return _core_.Window_LineUp(*args, **kwargs)
9660
9661     def LineDown(*args, **kwargs):
9662         """
9663         LineDown(self) -> bool
9664
9665         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1).
9666         """
9667         return _core_.Window_LineDown(*args, **kwargs)
9668
9669     def PageUp(*args, **kwargs):
9670         """
9671         PageUp(self) -> bool
9672
9673         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1).
9674         """
9675         return _core_.Window_PageUp(*args, **kwargs)
9676
9677     def PageDown(*args, **kwargs):
9678         """
9679         PageDown(self) -> bool
9680
9681         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1).
9682         """
9683         return _core_.Window_PageDown(*args, **kwargs)
9684
9685     def SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9686         """
9687         SetHelpText(self, String text)
9688
9689         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9690         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9691         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9692         """
9693         return _core_.Window_SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9694
9695     def SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs):
9696         """
9697         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text)
9698
9699         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this
9700         one.
9701         """
9702         return _core_.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs)
9703
9704     def GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
9705         """
9706         GetHelpTextAtPoint(self, Point pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) -> String
9707
9708         Get the help string associated with the given position in this window.
9709
9710         Notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown
9711         and this method should return the global window help text then
9712
9713         """
9714         return _core_.Window_GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
9715
9716     def GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9717         """
9718         GetHelpText(self) -> String
9719
9720         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9721         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9722         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9723         """
9724         return _core_.Window_GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9725
9726     def SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs):
9727         """
9728         SetToolTipString(self, String tip)
9729
9730         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9731         """
9732         return _core_.Window_SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs)
9733
9734     def SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9735         """
9736         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip)
9737
9738         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9739         """
9740         return _core_.Window_SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9741
9742     def GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9743         """
9744         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip
9745
9746         get the associated tooltip or None if none
9747         """
9748         return _core_.Window_GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9749
9750     def SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9751         """
9752         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget)
9753
9754         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has
9755         a drop target, it is deleted.
9756         """
9757         return _core_.Window_SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9758
9759     def GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9760         """
9761         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget
9762
9763         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.
9764         """
9765         return _core_.Window_GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9766
9767     def DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs):
9768         """
9769         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept)
9770
9771         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.
9772         Only functional on Windows.
9773         """
9774         return _core_.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs)
9775
9776     def SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9777         """
9778         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)
9779
9780         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing
9781         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be
9782         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current
9783         constraints.
9784
9785         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints
9786         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must
9787         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting
9788         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have
9789         effect.
9790         """
9791         return _core_.Window_SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9792
9793     def GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9794         """
9795         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints
9796
9797         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there
9798         are none.
9799         """
9800         return _core_.Window_GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9801
9802     def SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9803         """
9804         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout)
9805
9806         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically
9807         when the window is resized.  lease note that this only happens for the
9808         windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.Panel` and
9809         `wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).
9810
9811         This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use
9812         `SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window
9813         layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.
9814         """
9815         return _core_.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9816
9817     def GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9818         """
9819         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool
9820
9821         Returns the current autoLayout setting
9822         """
9823         return _core_.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9824
9825     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
9826         """
9827         Layout(self) -> bool
9828
9829         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based
9830         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,
9831         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE
9832         handler when the window is resized.
9833         """
9834         return _core_.Window_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
9835
9836     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9837         """
9838         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9839
9840         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then
9841         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing
9842         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted
9843         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also
9844         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is
9845         non-None, and False otherwise.
9846         """
9847         return _core_.Window_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9848
9849     def SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs):
9850         """
9851         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9852
9853         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the
9854         window based on the sizer's minimum size.
9855         """
9856         return _core_.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs)
9857
9858     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9859         """
9860         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
9861
9862         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to
9863         SetSizer or None if there isn't one.
9864         """
9865         return _core_.Window_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9866
9867     def SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9868         """
9869         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
9870
9871         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is
9872         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so
9873         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.
9874         """
9875         return _core_.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9876
9877     def GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9878         """
9879         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer
9880
9881         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.
9882         """
9883         return _core_.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9884
9885     def InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9886         """
9887         InheritAttributes(self)
9888
9889         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called
9890         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual
9891         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background
9892         colours.
9893
9894         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use
9895         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's
9896         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not
9897         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been
9898         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same
9899         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides
9900         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed
9901         no matter what and only the font might.
9902
9903         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the
9904         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default
9905         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as
9906         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)
9907         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the
9908         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change
9909         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or
9910         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the
9911         parents attributes.
9912
9913         """
9914         return _core_.Window_InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9915
9916     def ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs):
9917         """
9918         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool
9919
9920         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be
9921         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them
9922         from the parent window.
9923
9924         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in
9925         wxControl where it returns true.
9926         """
9927         return _core_.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs)
9928
9929     def CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
9930         """
9931         CanSetTransparent(self) -> bool
9932
9933         Returns ``True`` if the platform supports setting the transparency for
9934         this window.  Note that this method will err on the side of caution,
9935         so it is possible that this will return ``False`` when it is in fact
9936         possible to set the transparency.
9937
9938         NOTE: On X-windows systems the X server must have the composite
9939         extension loaded, and there must be a composite manager program (such
9940         as xcompmgr) running.
9941         """
9942         return _core_.Window_CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
9943
9944     def SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
9945         """
9946         SetTransparent(self, byte alpha) -> bool
9947
9948         Attempt to set the transparency of this window to the ``alpha`` value,
9949         returns True on success.  The ``alpha`` value is an integer in the
9950         range of 0 to 255, where 0 is fully transparent and 255 is fully
9951         opaque.
9952         """
9953         return _core_.Window_SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
9954
9955     def PostCreate(self, pre):
9956         """
9957         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!>
9958         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.
9959         """
9960         self.this = pre.this
9961         self.thisown = pre.thisown
9962         pre.thisown = 0
9963         if hasattr(self, '_setOORInfo'):
9964             self._setOORInfo(self)
9965         if hasattr(self, '_setCallbackInfo'):
9966             self._setCallbackInfo(self, self.__class__)
9967
9968     def SendSizeEvent(self):
9969         self.GetEventHandler().ProcessEvent(wx.SizeEvent((-1,-1)))
9970
9971     AcceleratorTable = property(GetAcceleratorTable,SetAcceleratorTable,doc="See `GetAcceleratorTable` and `SetAcceleratorTable`")
9972     AdjustedBestSize = property(GetAdjustedBestSize,doc="See `GetAdjustedBestSize`")
9973     AutoLayout = property(GetAutoLayout,SetAutoLayout,doc="See `GetAutoLayout` and `SetAutoLayout`")
9974     BackgroundColour = property(GetBackgroundColour,SetBackgroundColour,doc="See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`")
9975     BackgroundStyle = property(GetBackgroundStyle,SetBackgroundStyle,doc="See `GetBackgroundStyle` and `SetBackgroundStyle`")
9976     BestFittingSize = property(GetBestFittingSize,SetBestFittingSize,doc="See `GetBestFittingSize` and `SetBestFittingSize`")
9977     BestSize = property(GetBestSize,doc="See `GetBestSize`")
9978     BestVirtualSize = property(GetBestVirtualSize,doc="See `GetBestVirtualSize`")
9979     Border = property(GetBorder,doc="See `GetBorder`")
9980     Caret = property(GetCaret,SetCaret,doc="See `GetCaret` and `SetCaret`")
9981     CharHeight = property(GetCharHeight,doc="See `GetCharHeight`")
9982     CharWidth = property(GetCharWidth,doc="See `GetCharWidth`")
9983     Children = property(GetChildren,doc="See `GetChildren`")
9984     ClientAreaOrigin = property(GetClientAreaOrigin,doc="See `GetClientAreaOrigin`")
9985     ClientRect = property(GetClientRect,SetClientRect,doc="See `GetClientRect` and `SetClientRect`")
9986     ClientSize = property(GetClientSize,SetClientSize,doc="See `GetClientSize` and `SetClientSize`")
9987     Constraints = property(GetConstraints,SetConstraints,doc="See `GetConstraints` and `SetConstraints`")
9988     ContainingSizer = property(GetContainingSizer,SetContainingSizer,doc="See `GetContainingSizer` and `SetContainingSizer`")
9989     Cursor = property(GetCursor,SetCursor,doc="See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`")
9990     DefaultAttributes = property(GetDefaultAttributes,doc="See `GetDefaultAttributes`")
9991     DropTarget = property(GetDropTarget,SetDropTarget,doc="See `GetDropTarget` and `SetDropTarget`")
9992     EventHandler = property(GetEventHandler,SetEventHandler,doc="See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`")
9993     ExtraStyle = property(GetExtraStyle,SetExtraStyle,doc="See `GetExtraStyle` and `SetExtraStyle`")
9994     Font = property(GetFont,SetFont,doc="See `GetFont` and `SetFont`")
9995     ForegroundColour = property(GetForegroundColour,SetForegroundColour,doc="See `GetForegroundColour` and `SetForegroundColour`")
9996     GrandParent = property(GetGrandParent,doc="See `GetGrandParent`")
9997     Handle = property(GetHandle,doc="See `GetHandle`")
9998     HelpText = property(GetHelpText,SetHelpText,doc="See `GetHelpText` and `SetHelpText`")
9999     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
10000     Label = property(GetLabel,SetLabel,doc="See `GetLabel` and `SetLabel`")
10001     LayoutDirection = property(GetLayoutDirection,SetLayoutDirection,doc="See `GetLayoutDirection` and `SetLayoutDirection`")
10002     MaxHeight = property(GetMaxHeight,doc="See `GetMaxHeight`")
10003     MaxSize = property(GetMaxSize,SetMaxSize,doc="See `GetMaxSize` and `SetMaxSize`")
10004     MaxWidth = property(GetMaxWidth,doc="See `GetMaxWidth`")
10005     MinHeight = property(GetMinHeight,doc="See `GetMinHeight`")
10006     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,SetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`")
10007     MinWidth = property(GetMinWidth,doc="See `GetMinWidth`")
10008     Name = property(GetName,SetName,doc="See `GetName` and `SetName`")
10009     Parent = property(GetParent,doc="See `GetParent`")
10010     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
10011     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
10012     ScreenPosition = property(GetScreenPosition,doc="See `GetScreenPosition`")
10013     ScreenRect = property(GetScreenRect,doc="See `GetScreenRect`")
10014     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
10015     Sizer = property(GetSizer,SetSizer,doc="See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`")
10016     ThemeEnabled = property(GetThemeEnabled,SetThemeEnabled,doc="See `GetThemeEnabled` and `SetThemeEnabled`")
10017     ToolTip = property(GetToolTip,SetToolTip,doc="See `GetToolTip` and `SetToolTip`")
10018     UpdateClientRect = property(GetUpdateClientRect,doc="See `GetUpdateClientRect`")
10019     UpdateRegion = property(GetUpdateRegion,doc="See `GetUpdateRegion`")
10020     Validator = property(GetValidator,SetValidator,doc="See `GetValidator` and `SetValidator`")
10021     VirtualSize = property(GetVirtualSize,SetVirtualSize,doc="See `GetVirtualSize` and `SetVirtualSize`")
10022     WindowStyle = property(GetWindowStyle,SetWindowStyle,doc="See `GetWindowStyle` and `SetWindowStyle`")
10023     WindowStyleFlag = property(GetWindowStyleFlag,SetWindowStyleFlag,doc="See `GetWindowStyleFlag` and `SetWindowStyleFlag`")
10024     WindowVariant = property(GetWindowVariant,SetWindowVariant,doc="See `GetWindowVariant` and `SetWindowVariant`")
10025     Shown = property(IsShown,Show,doc="See `IsShown` and `Show`")
10026     Enabled = property(IsEnabled,Enable,doc="See `IsEnabled` and `Enable`")
10027     TopLevel = property(IsTopLevel,doc="See `IsTopLevel`")
10028 _core_.Window_swigregister(Window)
10029
10030 def PreWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10031     """
10032     PreWindow() -> Window
10033
10034     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation.
10035     """
10036     val = _core_.new_PreWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10037     return val
10038
10039 def Window_NewControlId(*args):
10040   """
10041     Window_NewControlId() -> int
10042
10043     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
10044     """
10045   return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args)
10046
10047 def Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
10048   """
10049     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int
10050
10051     Get the id of the control following the one with the given
10052     autogenerated) id
10053     """
10054   return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
10055
10056 def Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
10057   """
10058     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
10059
10060     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
10061     autogenerated) id
10062     """
10063   return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
10064
10065 def Window_FindFocus(*args):
10066   """
10067     Window_FindFocus() -> Window
10068
10069     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
10070     or None.
10071     """
10072   return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args)
10073
10074 def Window_GetCapture(*args):
10075   """
10076     Window_GetCapture() -> Window
10077
10078     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
10079     """
10080   return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args)
10081
10082 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10083   """
10084     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10085
10086     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10087     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10088     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10089     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10090     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10091
10092     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10093     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10094     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10095     this.
10096     """
10097   return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10098
10099 def DLG_PNT(win, point_or_x, y=None):
10100     """
10101     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in
10102     dialog units to pixel units.
10103     """
10104     if y is None:
10105         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x)
10106     else:
10107         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx.Point(point_or_x, y))
10108
10109 def DLG_SZE(win, size_width, height=None):
10110     """
10111     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in
10112     dialog units to pixel units.
10113     """
10114     if height is None:
10115         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width)
10116     else:
10117         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx.Size(size_width, height))
10118
10119
10120 def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
10121   """
10122     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window
10123
10124     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent
10125     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog
10126     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
10127     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
10128     """
10129   return _core_.FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
10130
10131 def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
10132   """
10133     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window
10134
10135     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create
10136     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all
10137     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be
10138     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both
10139     cases.
10140
10141     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called.
10142     """
10143   return _core_.FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
10144
10145 def FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10146   """
10147     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window
10148
10149     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label
10150     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the
10151     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if
10152     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
10153     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
10154     """
10155   return _core_.FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10156
10157 def Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs):
10158   """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window"""
10159   return _core_.Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs)
10160
10161 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args):
10162   """
10163     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject
10164
10165     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames,
10166     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained
10167     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows
10168     are closed or new top-level windows are created.
10169
10170     """
10171   return _core_.GetTopLevelWindows(*args)
10172 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10173
10174 class Validator(EvtHandler):
10175     """Proxy of C++ Validator class"""
10176     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10177     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10178     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10179         """__init__(self) -> Validator"""
10180         _core_.Validator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Validator(*args, **kwargs))
10181         self._setOORInfo(self)
10182
10183     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
10184         """Clone(self) -> Validator"""
10185         return _core_.Validator_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
10186
10187     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
10188         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool"""
10189         return _core_.Validator_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
10190
10191     def TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10192         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool"""
10193         return _core_.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10194
10195     def TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10196         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool"""
10197         return _core_.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10198
10199     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10200         """GetWindow(self) -> Window"""
10201         return _core_.Validator_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10202
10203     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10204         """SetWindow(self, Window window)"""
10205         return _core_.Validator_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10206
10207     def IsSilent(*args, **kwargs):
10208         """IsSilent() -> bool"""
10209         return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args, **kwargs)
10210
10211     IsSilent = staticmethod(IsSilent)
10212     def SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
10213         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
10214         return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
10215
10216     SetBellOnError = staticmethod(SetBellOnError)
10217 _core_.Validator_swigregister(Validator)
10218
10219 def Validator_IsSilent(*args):
10220   """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool"""
10221   return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args)
10222
10223 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
10224   """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
10225   return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
10226
10227 class PyValidator(Validator):
10228     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class"""
10229     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10230     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10231     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10232         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator"""
10233         _core_.PyValidator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyValidator(*args, **kwargs))
10234
10235         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyValidator, 1)
10236         self._setOORInfo(self)
10237
10238     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
10239         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=True)"""
10240         return _core_.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
10241
10242 _core_.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidator)
10243
10244 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10245
10246 class Menu(EvtHandler):
10247     """Proxy of C++ Menu class"""
10248     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10249     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10250     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10251         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu"""
10252         _core_.Menu_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Menu(*args, **kwargs))
10253         self._setOORInfo(self)
10254
10255     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10256         """
10257         Append(self, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10258             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10259         """
10260         return _core_.Menu_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10261
10262     def AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10263         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10264         return _core_.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10265
10266     def AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10267         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10268         return _core_.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10269
10270     def AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10271         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10272         return _core_.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10273
10274     def AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10275         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10276         return _core_.Menu_AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10277
10278     def AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10279         """AppendSubMenu(self, Menu submenu, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10280         return _core_.Menu_AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10281
10282     def AppendItem(*args, **kwargs):
10283         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10284         return _core_.Menu_AppendItem(*args, **kwargs)
10285
10286     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
10287         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10288         return _core_.Menu_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
10289
10290     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
10291         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10292         return _core_.Menu_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
10293
10294     def Break(*args, **kwargs):
10295         """Break(self)"""
10296         return _core_.Menu_Break(*args, **kwargs)
10297
10298     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10299         """
10300         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10301             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10302         """
10303         return _core_.Menu_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10304
10305     def InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10306         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem"""
10307         return _core_.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10308
10309     def InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10310         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10311         return _core_.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10312
10313     def InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10314         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10315         return _core_.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10316
10317     def InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10318         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10319         return _core_.Menu_InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10320
10321     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
10322         """
10323         Prepend(self, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10324             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10325         """
10326         return _core_.Menu_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
10327
10328     def PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10329         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10330         return _core_.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10331
10332     def PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10333         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10334         return _core_.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10335
10336     def PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10337         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10338         return _core_.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10339
10340     def PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10341         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10342         return _core_.Menu_PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10343
10344     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10345         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10346         return _core_.Menu_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10347
10348     def RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs):
10349         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10350         return _core_.Menu_RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs)
10351
10352     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
10353         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool"""
10354         return _core_.Menu_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
10355
10356     def DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs):
10357         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
10358         return _core_.Menu_DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs)
10359
10360     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
10361         """
10362         Destroy(self)
10363
10364         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10365         """
10366         val = _core_.Menu_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
10367         args[0].thisown = 0
10368         return val
10369
10370     def DestroyId(*args, **kwargs):
10371         """
10372         DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool
10373
10374         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10375         """
10376         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyId(*args, **kwargs)
10377         args[0].thisown = 0
10378         return val
10379
10380     def DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs):
10381         """
10382         DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool
10383
10384         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10385         """
10386         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs)
10387         args[0].thisown = 0
10388         return val
10389
10390     def GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs):
10391         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t"""
10392         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs)
10393
10394     def GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs):
10395         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject"""
10396         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs)
10397
10398     def FindItem(*args, **kwargs):
10399         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int"""
10400         return _core_.Menu_FindItem(*args, **kwargs)
10401
10402     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10403         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10404         return _core_.Menu_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10405
10406     def FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs):
10407         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem"""
10408         return _core_.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs)
10409
10410     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10411         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10412         return _core_.Menu_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10413
10414     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10415         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10416         return _core_.Menu_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10417
10418     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10419         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10420         return _core_.Menu_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10421
10422     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10423         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10424         return _core_.Menu_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10425
10426     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10427         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10428         return _core_.Menu_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10429
10430     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10431         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10432         return _core_.Menu_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10433
10434     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10435         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10436         return _core_.Menu_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10437
10438     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10439         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10440         return _core_.Menu_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10441
10442     def SetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10443         """SetTitle(self, String title)"""
10444         return _core_.Menu_SetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
10445
10446     def GetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10447         """GetTitle(self) -> String"""
10448         return _core_.Menu_GetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
10449
10450     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
10451         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
10452         return _core_.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
10453
10454     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
10455         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
10456         return _core_.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
10457
10458     def SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10459         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)"""
10460         return _core_.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10461
10462     def GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10463         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window"""
10464         return _core_.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10465
10466     def GetStyle(*args, **kwargs):
10467         """GetStyle(self) -> long"""
10468         return _core_.Menu_GetStyle(*args, **kwargs)
10469
10470     def UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs):
10471         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)"""
10472         return _core_.Menu_UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs)
10473
10474     def GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs):
10475         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar"""
10476         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs)
10477
10478     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10479         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)"""
10480         return _core_.Menu_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10481
10482     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10483         """Detach(self)"""
10484         return _core_.Menu_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10485
10486     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10487         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10488         return _core_.Menu_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10489
10490     def SetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10491         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)"""
10492         return _core_.Menu_SetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10493
10494     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10495         """GetParent(self) -> Menu"""
10496         return _core_.Menu_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10497
10498     EventHandler = property(GetEventHandler,SetEventHandler,doc="See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`")
10499     HelpString = property(GetHelpString,SetHelpString,doc="See `GetHelpString` and `SetHelpString`")
10500     InvokingWindow = property(GetInvokingWindow,SetInvokingWindow,doc="See `GetInvokingWindow` and `SetInvokingWindow`")
10501     MenuBar = property(GetMenuBar,doc="See `GetMenuBar`")
10502     MenuItemCount = property(GetMenuItemCount,doc="See `GetMenuItemCount`")
10503     MenuItems = property(GetMenuItems,doc="See `GetMenuItems`")
10504     Parent = property(GetParent,SetParent,doc="See `GetParent` and `SetParent`")
10505     Style = property(GetStyle,doc="See `GetStyle`")
10506     Title = property(GetTitle,SetTitle,doc="See `GetTitle` and `SetTitle`")
10507 _core_.Menu_swigregister(Menu)
10508 DefaultValidator = cvar.DefaultValidator
10509
10510 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10511
10512 class MenuBar(Window):
10513     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class"""
10514     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10515     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10516     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10517         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar"""
10518         _core_.MenuBar_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuBar(*args, **kwargs))
10519         self._setOORInfo(self)
10520
10521     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10522         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10523         return _core_.MenuBar_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10524
10525     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10526         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10527         return _core_.MenuBar_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10528
10529     def GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs):
10530         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t"""
10531         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs)
10532
10533     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10534         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10535         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10536
10537     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
10538         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu"""
10539         return _core_.MenuBar_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
10540
10541     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10542         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10543         return _core_.MenuBar_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10544
10545     def EnableTop(*args, **kwargs):
10546         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)"""
10547         return _core_.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args, **kwargs)
10548
10549     def IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs):
10550         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool"""
10551         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs)
10552
10553     def SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10554         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)"""
10555         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10556
10557     def GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10558         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String"""
10559         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10560
10561     def FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs):
10562         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int"""
10563         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs)
10564
10565     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10566         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10567         return _core_.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10568
10569     def FindMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10570         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int"""
10571         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10572
10573     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10574         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10575         return _core_.MenuBar_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10576
10577     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10578         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10579         return _core_.MenuBar_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10580
10581     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10582         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10583         return _core_.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10584
10585     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10586         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10587         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10588
10589     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10590         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10591         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10592
10593     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10594         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10595         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10596
10597     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10598         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10599         return _core_.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10600
10601     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10602         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10603         return _core_.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10604
10605     def GetFrame(*args, **kwargs):
10606         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame"""
10607         return _core_.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args, **kwargs)
10608
10609     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10610         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10611         return _core_.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10612
10613     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10614         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)"""
10615         return _core_.MenuBar_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10616
10617     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10618         """Detach(self)"""
10619         return _core_.MenuBar_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10620
10621     def UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs):
10622         """UpdateMenus(self)"""
10623         return _core_.MenuBar_UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs)
10624
10625     def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10626         """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10627         return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10628
10629     SetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu)
10630     def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10631         """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10632         return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10633
10634     GetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu)
10635     def GetMenus(self):
10636         """Return a list of (menu, label) items for the menus in the MenuBar. """
10637         return [(self.GetMenu(i), self.GetLabelTop(i))
10638                 for i in range(self.GetMenuCount())]
10639
10640     def SetMenus(self, items):
10641         """Clear and add new menus to the MenuBar from a list of (menu, label) items. """
10642         for i in range(self.GetMenuCount()-1, -1, -1):
10643             self.Remove(i)
10644         for m, l in items:
10645             self.Append(m, l)
10646
10647     Frame = property(GetFrame,doc="See `GetFrame`")
10648     Menu = property(GetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu`")
10649     MenuCount = property(GetMenuCount,doc="See `GetMenuCount`")
10650     Menus = property(GetMenus,SetMenus,doc="See `GetMenus` and `SetMenus`")
10651 _core_.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBar)
10652
10653 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10654   """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10655   return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10656
10657 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args):
10658   """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10659   return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args)
10660
10661 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10662
10663 class MenuItem(Object):
10664     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class"""
10665     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10666     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10667     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10668         """
10669         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_ANY, String text=EmptyString,
10670             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,
10671             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem
10672         """
10673         _core_.MenuItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuItem(*args, **kwargs))
10674     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_MenuItem
10675     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10676     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10677         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10678         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10679
10680     def SetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10681         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10682         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10683
10684     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
10685         """SetId(self, int id)"""
10686         return _core_.MenuItem_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
10687
10688     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
10689         """GetId(self) -> int"""
10690         return _core_.MenuItem_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
10691
10692     def IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10693         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool"""
10694         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10695
10696     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
10697         """SetText(self, String str)"""
10698         return _core_.MenuItem_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
10699
10700     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10701         """GetLabel(self) -> String"""
10702         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10703
10704     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
10705         """GetText(self) -> String"""
10706         return _core_.MenuItem_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
10707
10708     def GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10709         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10710         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10711
10712     GetLabelFromText = staticmethod(GetLabelFromText)
10713     def GetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10714         """GetKind(self) -> int"""
10715         return _core_.MenuItem_GetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10716
10717     def SetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10718         """SetKind(self, int kind)"""
10719         return _core_.MenuItem_SetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10720
10721     def SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10722         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)"""
10723         return _core_.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10724
10725     def IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10726         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool"""
10727         return _core_.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10728
10729     def IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10730         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool"""
10731         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10732
10733     def SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10734         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10735         return _core_.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10736
10737     def GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10738         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10739         return _core_.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10740
10741     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10742         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)"""
10743         return _core_.MenuItem_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10744
10745     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10746         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool"""
10747         return _core_.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10748
10749     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10750         """Check(self, bool check=True)"""
10751         return _core_.MenuItem_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10752
10753     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10754         """IsChecked(self) -> bool"""
10755         return _core_.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10756
10757     def Toggle(*args, **kwargs):
10758         """Toggle(self)"""
10759         return _core_.MenuItem_Toggle(*args, **kwargs)
10760
10761     def SetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10762         """SetHelp(self, String str)"""
10763         return _core_.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10764
10765     def GetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10766         """GetHelp(self) -> String"""
10767         return _core_.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10768
10769     def GetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10770         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
10771         return _core_.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10772
10773     def SetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10774         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)"""
10775         return _core_.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10776
10777     def SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10778         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)"""
10779         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10780
10781     def GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10782         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10783         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10784
10785     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10786         """SetFont(self, Font font)"""
10787         return _core_.MenuItem_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10788
10789     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10790         """GetFont(self) -> Font"""
10791         return _core_.MenuItem_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10792
10793     def SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10794         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)"""
10795         return _core_.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10796
10797     def GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10798         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour"""
10799         return _core_.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10800
10801     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10802         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)"""
10803         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10804
10805     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10806         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour"""
10807         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10808
10809     def SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs):
10810         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)"""
10811         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs)
10812
10813     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10814         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)"""
10815         return _core_.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10816
10817     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10818         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10819         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10820
10821     def SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10822         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)"""
10823         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10824
10825     def GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10826         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int"""
10827         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10828
10829     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10830         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10831         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10832
10833     GetDefaultMarginWidth = staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth)
10834     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10835         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool"""
10836         return _core_.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10837
10838     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10839         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)"""
10840         return _core_.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10841
10842     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10843         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)"""
10844         return _core_.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10845
10846     Accel = property(GetAccel,SetAccel,doc="See `GetAccel` and `SetAccel`")
10847     BackgroundColour = property(GetBackgroundColour,SetBackgroundColour,doc="See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`")
10848     Bitmap = property(GetBitmap,SetBitmap,doc="See `GetBitmap` and `SetBitmap`")
10849     DisabledBitmap = property(GetDisabledBitmap,SetDisabledBitmap,doc="See `GetDisabledBitmap` and `SetDisabledBitmap`")
10850     Font = property(GetFont,SetFont,doc="See `GetFont` and `SetFont`")
10851     Help = property(GetHelp,SetHelp,doc="See `GetHelp` and `SetHelp`")
10852     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
10853     Kind = property(GetKind,SetKind,doc="See `GetKind` and `SetKind`")
10854     Label = property(GetLabel,doc="See `GetLabel`")
10855     MarginWidth = property(GetMarginWidth,SetMarginWidth,doc="See `GetMarginWidth` and `SetMarginWidth`")
10856     Menu = property(GetMenu,SetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu` and `SetMenu`")
10857     SubMenu = property(GetSubMenu,SetSubMenu,doc="See `GetSubMenu` and `SetSubMenu`")
10858     Text = property(GetText,SetText,doc="See `GetText` and `SetText`")
10859     TextColour = property(GetTextColour,SetTextColour,doc="See `GetTextColour` and `SetTextColour`")
10860 _core_.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItem)
10861
10862 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10863   """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10864   return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10865
10866 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args):
10867   """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10868   return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args)
10869
10870 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10871
10872 class Control(Window):
10873     """
10874     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'.
10875
10876     A control is generally a small window which processes user input
10877     and/or displays one or more item of data.
10878     """
10879     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10880     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10881     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10882         """
10883         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10884             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10885             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control
10886
10887         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass'
10888         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful.
10889         """
10890         _core_.Control_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Control(*args, **kwargs))
10891         self._setOORInfo(self)
10892
10893     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
10894         """
10895         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10896             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10897             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool
10898
10899         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control.
10900         """
10901         return _core_.Control_Create(*args, **kwargs)
10902
10903     def GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs):
10904         """
10905         GetAlignment(self) -> int
10906
10907         Get the control alignment (left/right/centre, top/bottom/centre)
10908         """
10909         return _core_.Control_GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs)
10910
10911     def GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs):
10912         """
10913         GetLabelText(self) -> String
10914
10915         Get just the text of the label, without mnemonic characters ('&')
10916         """
10917         return _core_.Control_GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs)
10918
10919     def Command(*args, **kwargs):
10920         """
10921         Command(self, CommandEvent event)
10922
10923         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.
10924
10925         :see: `wx.CommandEvent`
10926
10927         """
10928         return _core_.Control_Command(*args, **kwargs)
10929
10930     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10931         """
10932         GetLabel(self) -> String
10933
10934         Return a control's text.
10935         """
10936         return _core_.Control_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10937
10938     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10939         """
10940         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10941
10942         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10943         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10944         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10945         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10946         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10947
10948         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10949         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10950         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10951         this.
10952         """
10953         return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10954
10955     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
10956     Alignment = property(GetAlignment,doc="See `GetAlignment`")
10957     Label = property(GetLabel,doc="See `GetLabel`")
10958     LabelText = property(GetLabelText,doc="See `GetLabelText`")
10959 _core_.Control_swigregister(Control)
10960 ControlNameStr = cvar.ControlNameStr
10961
10962 def PreControl(*args, **kwargs):
10963     """
10964     PreControl() -> Control
10965
10966     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation
10967     """
10968     val = _core_.new_PreControl(*args, **kwargs)
10969     return val
10970
10971 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10972   """
10973     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10974
10975     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10976     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10977     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10978     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10979     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10980
10981     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10982     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10983     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10984     this.
10985     """
10986   return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10987
10988 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10989
10990 class ItemContainer(object):
10991     """
10992     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented
10993     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be
10994     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well
10995     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from
10996     this one.
10997
10998     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although
10999     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still
11000     all conform to the same interface.
11001
11002     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and,
11003     optionally, client data associated with them.
11004
11005     """
11006     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11007     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11008     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11009     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
11010         """
11011         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
11012
11013         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item
11014         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item
11015         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g.
11016         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style).
11017         """
11018         return _core_.ItemContainer_Append(*args, **kwargs)
11019
11020     def AppendItems(*args, **kwargs):
11021         """
11022         AppendItems(self, List strings)
11023
11024         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this
11025         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you
11026         need to add a lot of items.
11027         """
11028         return _core_.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args, **kwargs)
11029
11030     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11031         """
11032         Insert(self, String item, unsigned int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
11033
11034         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index,
11035         optionally associating some data object with the item.
11036         """
11037         return _core_.ItemContainer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11038
11039     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
11040         """
11041         Clear(self)
11042
11043         Removes all items from the control.
11044         """
11045         return _core_.ItemContainer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
11046
11047     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
11048         """
11049         Delete(self, unsigned int n)
11050
11051         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note
11052         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if
11053         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal
11054         than the number of items in the control.
11055         """
11056         return _core_.ItemContainer_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
11057
11058     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
11059         """
11060         GetClientData(self, unsigned int n) -> PyObject
11061
11062         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.)
11063         """
11064         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
11065
11066     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
11067         """
11068         SetClientData(self, unsigned int n, PyObject clientData)
11069
11070         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
11071         """
11072         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
11073
11074     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
11075         """
11076         GetCount(self) -> unsigned int
11077
11078         Returns the number of items in the control.
11079         """
11080         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
11081
11082     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
11083         """
11084         IsEmpty(self) -> bool
11085
11086         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items.
11087         """
11088         return _core_.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
11089
11090     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
11091         """
11092         GetString(self, unsigned int n) -> String
11093
11094         Returns the label of the item with the given index.
11095         """
11096         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
11097
11098     def GetStrings(*args, **kwargs):
11099         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString"""
11100         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args, **kwargs)
11101
11102     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
11103         """
11104         SetString(self, unsigned int n, String s)
11105
11106         Sets the label for the given item.
11107         """
11108         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
11109
11110     def FindString(*args, **kwargs):
11111         """
11112         FindString(self, String s) -> int
11113
11114         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the
11115         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not
11116         found.
11117         """
11118         return _core_.ItemContainer_FindString(*args, **kwargs)
11119
11120     def SetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11121         """
11122         SetSelection(self, int n)
11123
11124         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item.
11125         """
11126         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11127
11128     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11129         """
11130         GetSelection(self) -> int
11131
11132         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item
11133         is selected.
11134         """
11135         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11136
11137     def SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11138         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool"""
11139         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11140
11141     def GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11142         """
11143         GetStringSelection(self) -> String
11144
11145         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item
11146         is selected.
11147         """
11148         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11149
11150     def Select(*args, **kwargs):
11151         """
11152         Select(self, int n)
11153
11154         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is
11155         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection.
11156         """
11157         return _core_.ItemContainer_Select(*args, **kwargs)
11158
11159     def GetItems(self):
11160         """Return a list of the strings in the control"""
11161         return [self.GetString(i) for i in xrange(self.GetCount())]
11162
11163     def SetItems(self, items):
11164         """Clear and set the strings in the control from a list"""
11165         self.Clear()
11166         for i in items:
11167             self.Append(i)
11168
11169     Count = property(GetCount,doc="See `GetCount`")
11170     Items = property(GetItems,SetItems,doc="See `GetItems` and `SetItems`")
11171     Selection = property(GetSelection,SetSelection,doc="See `GetSelection` and `SetSelection`")
11172     StringSelection = property(GetStringSelection,SetStringSelection,doc="See `GetStringSelection` and `SetStringSelection`")
11173     Strings = property(GetStrings,doc="See `GetStrings`")
11174 _core_.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainer)
11175
11176 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11177
11178 class ControlWithItems(Control,ItemContainer):
11179     """
11180     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the
11181     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls
11182     that have items.
11183     """
11184     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11185     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11186     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11187 _core_.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItems)
11188
11189 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11190
11191 class SizerItem(Object):
11192     """
11193     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other
11194     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. It is not usually
11195     necessary to use this class because the sizer elements can also be
11196     identified by their positions or window or sizer references but
11197     sometimes it may be more convenient to use wx.SizerItem directly.
11198     Also, custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to
11199     use the collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating
11200     layout.
11201
11202     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem`
11203     """
11204     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11205     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11206     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11207         """
11208         __init__(self) -> SizerItem
11209
11210         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
11211         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer.
11212
11213         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they
11214         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend
11215         methods are called.
11216
11217         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer`
11218         """
11219         _core_.SizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
11220     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerItem
11221     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11222     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
11223         """
11224         DeleteWindows(self)
11225
11226         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type
11227         of item.
11228         """
11229         return _core_.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
11230
11231     def DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11232         """
11233         DetachSizer(self)
11234
11235         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
11236         """
11237         return _core_.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11238
11239     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
11240         """
11241         GetSize(self) -> Size
11242
11243         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout.
11244         """
11245         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
11246
11247     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
11248         """
11249         CalcMin(self) -> Size
11250
11251         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space
11252         needed by borders.
11253         """
11254         return _core_.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
11255
11256     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
11257         """
11258         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size)
11259
11260         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the
11261         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or
11262         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into
11263         account.
11264         """
11265         return _core_.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
11266
11267     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11268         """
11269         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11270
11271         Get the minimum size needed for the item.
11272         """
11273         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11274
11275     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11276         """
11277         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size
11278
11279         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders
11280         added, if needed.
11281         """
11282         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11283
11284     def SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs):
11285         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)"""
11286         return _core_.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs)
11287
11288     def SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs):
11289         """
11290         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height)
11291
11292         Set the ratio item attribute.
11293         """
11294         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs)
11295
11296     def SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs):
11297         """
11298         SetRatioSize(self, Size size)
11299
11300         Set the ratio item attribute.
11301         """
11302         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs)
11303
11304     def SetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
11305         """
11306         SetRatio(self, float ratio)
11307
11308         Set the ratio item attribute.
11309         """
11310         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
11311
11312     def GetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
11313         """
11314         GetRatio(self) -> float
11315
11316         Set the ratio item attribute.
11317         """
11318         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
11319
11320     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
11321         """
11322         GetRect(self) -> Rect
11323
11324         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy
11325         """
11326         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
11327
11328     def IsWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11329         """
11330         IsWindow(self) -> bool
11331
11332         Is this sizer item a window?
11333         """
11334         return _core_.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11335
11336     def IsSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11337         """
11338         IsSizer(self) -> bool
11339
11340         Is this sizer item a subsizer?
11341         """
11342         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11343
11344     def IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11345         """
11346         IsSpacer(self) -> bool
11347
11348         Is this sizer item a spacer?
11349         """
11350         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11351
11352     def SetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
11353         """
11354         SetProportion(self, int proportion)
11355
11356         Set the proportion value for this item.
11357         """
11358         return _core_.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
11359
11360     def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
11361         """
11362         GetProportion(self) -> int
11363
11364         Get the proportion value for this item.
11365         """
11366         return _core_.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
11367
11368     SetOption = wx._deprecated(SetProportion, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")
11369     GetOption = wx._deprecated(GetProportion, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")
11370     def SetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
11371         """
11372         SetFlag(self, int flag)
11373
11374         Set the flag value for this item.
11375         """
11376         return _core_.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
11377
11378     def GetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
11379         """
11380         GetFlag(self) -> int
11381
11382         Get the flag value for this item.
11383         """
11384         return _core_.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
11385
11386     def SetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11387         """
11388         SetBorder(self, int border)
11389
11390         Set the border value for this item.
11391         """
11392         return _core_.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11393
11394     def GetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11395         """
11396         GetBorder(self) -> int
11397
11398         Get the border value for this item.
11399         """
11400         return _core_.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11401
11402     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11403         """
11404         GetWindow(self) -> Window
11405
11406         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
11407         """
11408         return _core_.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11409
11410     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11411         """
11412         SetWindow(self, Window window)
11413
11414         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
11415         """
11416         return _core_.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11417
11418     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11419         """
11420         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
11421
11422         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
11423         """
11424         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11425
11426     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11427         """
11428         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
11429
11430         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
11431         """
11432         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11433
11434     def GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11435         """
11436         GetSpacer(self) -> Size
11437
11438         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item.
11439         """
11440         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11441
11442     def SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11443         """
11444         SetSpacer(self, Size size)
11445
11446         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
11447         """
11448         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11449
11450     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
11451         """
11452         Show(self, bool show)
11453
11454         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item
11455         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a
11456         window then it is shown or hidden as needed.
11457         """
11458         return _core_.SizerItem_Show(*args, **kwargs)
11459
11460     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
11461         """
11462         IsShown(self) -> bool
11463
11464         Is the item to be shown in the layout?
11465         """
11466         return _core_.SizerItem_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
11467
11468     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
11469         """
11470         GetPosition(self) -> Point
11471
11472         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout.
11473         """
11474         return _core_.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
11475
11476     def GetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
11477         """
11478         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject
11479
11480         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there
11481         isn't any.
11482         """
11483         return _core_.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
11484
11485     def SetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
11486         """
11487         SetUserData(self, PyObject userData)
11488
11489         Associate a Python object with this sizer item.
11490         """
11491         return _core_.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
11492
11493     Border = property(GetBorder,SetBorder,doc="See `GetBorder` and `SetBorder`")
11494     Flag = property(GetFlag,SetFlag,doc="See `GetFlag` and `SetFlag`")
11495     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize`")
11496     MinSizeWithBorder = property(GetMinSizeWithBorder,doc="See `GetMinSizeWithBorder`")
11497     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
11498     Proportion = property(GetProportion,SetProportion,doc="See `GetProportion` and `SetProportion`")
11499     Ratio = property(GetRatio,SetRatio,doc="See `GetRatio` and `SetRatio`")
11500     Rect = property(GetRect,doc="See `GetRect`")
11501     Size = property(GetSize,doc="See `GetSize`")
11502     Sizer = property(GetSizer,SetSizer,doc="See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`")
11503     Spacer = property(GetSpacer,SetSpacer,doc="See `GetSpacer` and `SetSpacer`")
11504     UserData = property(GetUserData,SetUserData,doc="See `GetUserData` and `SetUserData`")
11505     Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")
11506 _core_.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItem)
11507
11508 def SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11509     """
11510     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11511         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11512
11513     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window.
11514     """
11515     val = _core_.new_SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11516     return val
11517
11518 def SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11519     """
11520     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11521         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11522
11523     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer.
11524     """
11525     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11526     return val
11527
11528 def SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11529     """
11530     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11531         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11532
11533     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer
11534     """
11535     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11536     return val
11537
11538 class Sizer(Object):
11539     """
11540     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in
11541     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to
11542     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`,
11543     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`, `wx.FlexGridSizer` and
11544     `wx.GridBagSizer`.
11545
11546     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to
11547     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK
11548     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual
11549     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to
11550     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will
11551     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of
11552     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and
11553     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in
11554     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls,
11555     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be
11556     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus
11557     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources
11558     compared to a real window on screen.
11559
11560     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that
11561     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can
11562     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item)
11563     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the
11564     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires
11565     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a
11566     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows.
11567     """
11568     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11569     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11570     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11571     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Sizer
11572     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11573     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11574         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)"""
11575         return _core_.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11576
11577     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
11578         """
11579         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11580             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11581
11582         Appends a child item to the sizer.
11583         """
11584         return _core_.Sizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
11585
11586     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11587         """
11588         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11589             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11590
11591         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before
11592         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11593         """
11594         return _core_.Sizer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11595
11596     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
11597         """
11598         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11599             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11600
11601         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by
11602         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11603         """
11604         return _core_.Sizer_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
11605
11606     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
11607         """
11608         Remove(self, item) -> bool
11609
11610         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not
11611         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update
11612         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The
11613         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based
11614         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found
11615         and removed.
11616         """
11617         return _core_.Sizer_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
11618
11619     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
11620         """
11621         Detach(self, item) -> bool
11622
11623         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method
11624         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to
11625         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11626         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item
11627         was found and detached.
11628         """
11629         return _core_.Sizer_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
11630
11631     def GetItem(*args, **kwargs):
11632         """
11633         GetItem(self, item) -> wx.SizerItem
11634
11635         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item*
11636         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11637         the item to be found.
11638         """
11639         return _core_.Sizer_GetItem(*args, **kwargs)
11640
11641     def _SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11642         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)"""
11643         return _core_.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11644
11645     def _ReplaceWin(*args, **kwargs):
11646         """_ReplaceWin(self, Window oldwin, Window newwin, bool recursive=False) -> bool"""
11647         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceWin(*args, **kwargs)
11648
11649     def _ReplaceSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11650         """_ReplaceSizer(self, Sizer oldsz, Sizer newsz, bool recursive=False) -> bool"""
11651         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11652
11653     def _ReplaceItem(*args, **kwargs):
11654         """_ReplaceItem(self, size_t index, SizerItem newitem) -> bool"""
11655         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceItem(*args, **kwargs)
11656
11657     def Replace(self, olditem, item, recursive=False):
11658         """
11659         Detaches the given ``olditem`` from the sizer and replaces it with
11660         ``item`` which can be a window, sizer, or `wx.SizerItem`.  The
11661         detached child is destroyed only if it is not a window, (because
11662         windows are owned by their parent, not the sizer.)  The
11663         ``recursive`` parameter can be used to search for the given
11664         element recursivly in subsizers.
11665
11666         This method does not cause any layout or resizing to take place,
11667         call `Layout` to do so.
11668
11669         Returns ``True`` if the child item was found and removed.
11670         """
11671         if isinstance(olditem, wx.Window):
11672             return self._ReplaceWin(olditem, item, recursive)
11673         elif isinstnace(olditem, wx.Sizer):
11674             return self._ReplaceSizer(olditem, item, recursive)
11675         elif isinstnace(olditem, int):
11676             return self._ReplaceItem(olditem, item)
11677         else:
11678             raise TypeError("Expected Window, Sizer, or integer for first parameter.")
11679
11680     def SetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11681         """
11682         SetContainingWindow(self, Window window)
11683
11684         Set (or unset) the window this sizer is used in.
11685         """
11686         return _core_.Sizer_SetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11687
11688     def GetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11689         """
11690         GetContainingWindow(self) -> Window
11691
11692         Get the window this sizer is used in.
11693         """
11694         return _core_.Sizer_GetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11695
11696     def SetItemMinSize(self, item, *args):
11697         """
11698         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size)
11699
11700         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer.
11701         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11702         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it
11703         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary.
11704         """
11705         if len(args) == 2:
11706             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too
11707             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args)
11708         else:
11709             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args[0])
11710
11711     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
11712         """
11713         AddItem(self, SizerItem item)
11714
11715         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11716         """
11717         return _core_.Sizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
11718
11719     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
11720         """
11721         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item)
11722
11723         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*.
11724         """
11725         return _core_.Sizer_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
11726
11727     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
11728         """
11729         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item)
11730
11731         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11732         """
11733         return _core_.Sizer_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
11734
11735     def AddMany(self, items):
11736         """
11737         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items
11738         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples,
11739         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you
11740         would normally pass to the `Add` method.
11741         """
11742         for item in items:
11743             if type(item) != type(()) or (len(item) == 2 and type(item[0]) == type(1)):
11744                 item = (item, )
11745             self.Add(*item)
11746
11747     def AddSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11748         """AddSpacer(int size) --> SizerItem
11749
11750         Add a spacer that is (size,size) pixels.
11751         """
11752         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
11753             return self.Add( (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
11754         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old AddSpacer
11755             return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11756     def PrependSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11757         """PrependSpacer(int size) --> SizerItem
11758
11759         Prepend a spacer that is (size, size) pixels."""
11760         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
11761             return self.Prepend( (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
11762         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old PrependSpacer
11763             return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11764     def InsertSpacer(self, index, *args, **kw):
11765         """InsertSpacer(int index, int size) --> SizerItem
11766
11767         Insert a spacer at position index that is (size, size) pixels."""
11768         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
11769             return self.Insert( index, (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
11770         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old InsertSpacer
11771             return self.Insert(index, *args, **kw)
11772
11773
11774     def AddStretchSpacer(self, prop=1):
11775         """AddStretchSpacer(int prop=1) --> SizerItem
11776
11777         Add a stretchable spacer."""
11778         return self.Add((0,0), prop)
11779     def PrependStretchSpacer(self, prop=1):
11780         """PrependStretchSpacer(int prop=1) --> SizerItem
11781
11782         Prepend a stretchable spacer."""
11783         return self.Prepend((0,0), prop)
11784     def InsertStretchSpacer(self, index, prop=1):
11785         """InsertStretchSpacer(int index, int prop=1) --> SizerItem
11786
11787         Insert a stretchable spacer."""
11788         return self.Insert(index, (0,0), prop)
11789
11790
11791     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code
11792     def AddWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11793         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11794         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11795     def AddSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11796         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11797         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11798
11799     def PrependWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11800         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11801         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11802     def PrependSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11803         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11804         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11805
11806     def InsertWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11807         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11808         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11809     def InsertSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11810         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11811         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11812
11813     def RemoveWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11814         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11815         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11816     def RemoveSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11817         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11818         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11819     def RemovePos(self, *args, **kw):
11820         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11821         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11822
11823
11824     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
11825         """
11826         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)
11827
11828         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus
11829         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to
11830         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend`
11831         methods.
11832         """
11833         return _core_.Sizer_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
11834
11835     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11836         """
11837         SetMinSize(self, Size size)
11838
11839         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will
11840         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children
11841         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the
11842         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set
11843         here, depending on which is bigger.
11844         """
11845         return _core_.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11846
11847     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
11848         """
11849         GetSize(self) -> Size
11850
11851         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer.
11852         """
11853         return _core_.Sizer_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
11854
11855     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
11856         """
11857         GetPosition(self) -> Point
11858
11859         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space.
11860         """
11861         return _core_.Sizer_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
11862
11863     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11864         """
11865         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11866
11867         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined
11868         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size
11869         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger.
11870         """
11871         return _core_.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11872
11873     def GetSizeTuple(self):
11874         return self.GetSize().Get()
11875     def GetPositionTuple(self):
11876         return self.GetPosition().Get()
11877     def GetMinSizeTuple(self):
11878         return self.GetMinSize().Get()
11879
11880     def RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs):
11881         """
11882         RecalcSizes(self)
11883
11884         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the
11885         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as
11886         it is called by `Layout`.
11887         """
11888         return _core_.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs)
11889
11890     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
11891         """
11892         CalcMin(self) -> Size
11893
11894         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its
11895         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as
11896         it is called by `Layout`.
11897         """
11898         return _core_.Sizer_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
11899
11900     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
11901         """
11902         Layout(self)
11903
11904         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items
11905         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the
11906         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's
11907         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when
11908         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or
11909         removed.
11910         """
11911         return _core_.Sizer_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
11912
11913     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
11914         """
11915         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size
11916
11917         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal
11918         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in
11919         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as
11920         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size.
11921
11922         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size.
11923         """
11924         return _core_.Sizer_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
11925
11926     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
11927         """
11928         FitInside(self, Window window)
11929
11930         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the
11931         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the
11932         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars
11933         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it.
11934
11935         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints`
11936
11937         """
11938         return _core_.Sizer_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
11939
11940     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11941         """
11942         SetSizeHints(self, Window window)
11943
11944         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to
11945         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the
11946         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are
11947         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order
11948         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size
11949         required by the sizer.
11950         """
11951         return _core_.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11952
11953     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11954         """
11955         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window)
11956
11957         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to
11958         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars
11959         this will set them appropriately.
11960
11961         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`
11962
11963         """
11964         return _core_.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11965
11966     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
11967         """
11968         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False)
11969
11970         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items
11971         as well.
11972         """
11973         return _core_.Sizer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
11974
11975     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
11976         """
11977         DeleteWindows(self)
11978
11979         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer.
11980         """
11981         return _core_.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
11982
11983     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
11984         """
11985         GetChildren(self) -> list
11986
11987         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer.
11988         """
11989         return _core_.Sizer_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
11990
11991     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
11992         """
11993         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool
11994
11995         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item
11996         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11997         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11998         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a
11999         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found.
12000         """
12001         return _core_.Sizer_Show(*args, **kwargs)
12002
12003     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
12004         """
12005         IsShown(self, item)
12006
12007         Determines if the item is currently shown. To make a sizer
12008         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
12009         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
12010         the item.
12011         """
12012         return _core_.Sizer_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
12013
12014     def Hide(self, item, recursive=False):
12015         """
12016         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive).
12017         """
12018         return self.Show(item, False, recursive)
12019
12020     def ShowItems(*args, **kwargs):
12021         """
12022         ShowItems(self, bool show)
12023
12024         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items.
12025         """
12026         return _core_.Sizer_ShowItems(*args, **kwargs)
12027
12028     Children = property(GetChildren,doc="See `GetChildren`")
12029     ContainingWindow = property(GetContainingWindow,SetContainingWindow,doc="See `GetContainingWindow` and `SetContainingWindow`")
12030     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,SetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`")
12031     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
12032     Size = property(GetSize,doc="See `GetSize`")
12033 _core_.Sizer_swigregister(Sizer)
12034
12035 class PySizer(Sizer):
12036     """
12037     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been
12038     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in
12039     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are
12040     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement
12041     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set.
12042     For example::
12043
12044         class MySizer(wx.PySizer):
12045              def __init__(self):
12046                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self)
12047
12048              def CalcMin(self):
12049                  for item in self.GetChildren():
12050                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed
12051                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's
12052                       # layout algorithm.
12053                       ...
12054                  return wx.Size(width, height)
12055
12056               def RecalcSizes(self):
12057                   # find the space allotted to this sizer
12058                   pos = self.GetPosition()
12059                   size = self.GetSize()
12060                   for item in self.GetChildren():
12061                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of
12062                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the
12063                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the
12064                       # space alloted to this sizer.
12065                       ...
12066                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize)
12067
12068
12069     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by
12070     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of
12071     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`.
12072
12073     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren`
12074
12075
12076     """
12077     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12078     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12079     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12080         """
12081         __init__(self) -> PySizer
12082
12083         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived
12084         class.
12085         """
12086         _core_.PySizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PySizer(*args, **kwargs))
12087         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PySizer);self._setOORInfo(self)
12088
12089     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
12090         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
12091         return _core_.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
12092
12093 _core_.PySizer_swigregister(PySizer)
12094
12095 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12096
12097 class BoxSizer(Sizer):
12098     """
12099     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be
12100     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a
12101     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out
12102     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation
12103     parameter passed to the constructor.
12104     """
12105     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12106     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12107     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12108         """
12109         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer
12110
12111         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL``
12112         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row
12113         sizer.
12114         """
12115         _core_.BoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12116         self._setOORInfo(self)
12117
12118     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
12119         """
12120         GetOrientation(self) -> int
12121
12122         Returns the current orientation of the sizer.
12123         """
12124         return _core_.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
12125
12126     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
12127         """
12128         SetOrientation(self, int orient)
12129
12130         Resets the orientation of the sizer.
12131         """
12132         return _core_.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
12133
12134     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
12135 _core_.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizer)
12136
12137 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12138
12139 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer):
12140     """
12141     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the
12142     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer
12143     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and
12144     passed to the sizer constructor.
12145     """
12146     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12147     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12148     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12149         """
12150         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer
12151
12152         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation
12153         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or
12154         ``wx.HORIZONTAL``.
12155         """
12156         _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12157         self._setOORInfo(self)
12158
12159     def GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs):
12160         """
12161         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox
12162
12163         Returns the static box associated with this sizer.
12164         """
12165         return _core_.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs)
12166
12167     StaticBox = property(GetStaticBox,doc="See `GetStaticBox`")
12168 _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizer)
12169
12170 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12171
12172 class GridSizer(Sizer):
12173     """
12174     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
12175     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other
12176     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the
12177     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the
12178     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal
12179     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.)
12180
12181     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added,
12182     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first,
12183     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If
12184     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you
12185     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in
12186     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`.
12187
12188     """
12189     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12190     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12191     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12192         """
12193         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer
12194
12195         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number
12196         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is
12197         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
12198         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
12199         define extra space between all children.
12200         """
12201         _core_.GridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12202         self._setOORInfo(self)
12203
12204     def SetCols(*args, **kwargs):
12205         """
12206         SetCols(self, int cols)
12207
12208         Sets the number of columns in the sizer.
12209         """
12210         return _core_.GridSizer_SetCols(*args, **kwargs)
12211
12212     def SetRows(*args, **kwargs):
12213         """
12214         SetRows(self, int rows)
12215
12216         Sets the number of rows in the sizer.
12217         """
12218         return _core_.GridSizer_SetRows(*args, **kwargs)
12219
12220     def SetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
12221         """
12222         SetVGap(self, int gap)
12223
12224         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
12225         """
12226         return _core_.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
12227
12228     def SetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
12229         """
12230         SetHGap(self, int gap)
12231
12232         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer
12233         """
12234         return _core_.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
12235
12236     def GetCols(*args, **kwargs):
12237         """
12238         GetCols(self) -> int
12239
12240         Returns the number of columns in the sizer.
12241         """
12242         return _core_.GridSizer_GetCols(*args, **kwargs)
12243
12244     def GetRows(*args, **kwargs):
12245         """
12246         GetRows(self) -> int
12247
12248         Returns the number of rows in the sizer.
12249         """
12250         return _core_.GridSizer_GetRows(*args, **kwargs)
12251
12252     def GetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
12253         """
12254         GetVGap(self) -> int
12255
12256         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
12257         """
12258         return _core_.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
12259
12260     def GetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
12261         """
12262         GetHGap(self) -> int
12263
12264         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer.
12265         """
12266         return _core_.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
12267
12268     def CalcRowsCols(self):
12269         """
12270         CalcRowsCols() -> (rows, cols)
12271
12272         Calculates how many rows and columns will be in the sizer based
12273         on the current number of items and also the rows, cols specified
12274         in the constructor.
12275         """
12276         nitems = len(self.GetChildren())
12277         rows = self.GetRows()
12278         cols = self.GetCols()
12279         assert rows != 0 or cols != 0, "Grid sizer must have either rows or columns fixed"
12280         if cols != 0:
12281             rows = (nitems + cols - 1) / cols
12282         elif rows != 0:
12283             cols = (nitems + rows - 1) / rows
12284         return (rows, cols)
12285
12286     Cols = property(GetCols,SetCols,doc="See `GetCols` and `SetCols`")
12287     HGap = property(GetHGap,SetHGap,doc="See `GetHGap` and `SetHGap`")
12288     Rows = property(GetRows,SetRows,doc="See `GetRows` and `SetRows`")
12289     VGap = property(GetVGap,SetVGap,doc="See `GetVGap` and `SetVGap`")
12290 _core_.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizer)
12291
12292 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12293
12294 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
12295 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
12296 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
12297 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer):
12298     """
12299     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
12300     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same
12301     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all
12302     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in
12303     the `wx.GridSizer`.
12304
12305     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but
12306     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible
12307     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it
12308     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non
12309     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The
12310     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose.
12311
12312
12313     """
12314     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12315     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12316     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12317         """
12318         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer
12319
12320         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the
12321         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters
12322         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
12323         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
12324         define extra space between all children.
12325         """
12326         _core_.FlexGridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FlexGridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12327         self._setOORInfo(self)
12328
12329     def AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
12330         """
12331         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
12332
12333         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there
12334         is extra space available to the sizer.
12335
12336         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
12337         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
12338         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
12339         """
12340         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
12341
12342     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
12343         """
12344         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx)
12345
12346         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable.
12347         """
12348         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
12349
12350     def AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
12351         """
12352         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
12353
12354         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if
12355         there is extra space available to the sizer.
12356
12357         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
12358         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
12359         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
12360         """
12361         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
12362
12363     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
12364         """
12365         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx)
12366
12367         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable.
12368         """
12369         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
12370
12371     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
12372         """
12373         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction)
12374
12375         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows,
12376         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any
12377         other value is ignored.
12378
12379             ==============    =======================================
12380             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized.
12381             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized.
12382             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized
12383                               (this is the default value).
12384             ==============    =======================================
12385
12386         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
12387
12388         """
12389         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
12390
12391     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
12392         """
12393         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int
12394
12395         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer
12396         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default).
12397
12398         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection`
12399         """
12400         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
12401
12402     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
12403         """
12404         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode)
12405
12406         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if
12407         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called
12408         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values:
12409
12410             ==========================  =================================================
12411             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction.
12412             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with
12413                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this
12414                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of
12415                                         columns or rows (this is the default value).
12416             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in
12417                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are
12418                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction.
12419             ==========================  =================================================
12420
12421         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
12422         """
12423         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
12424
12425     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
12426         """
12427         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int
12428
12429         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the
12430         non-flexible direction if there is one.
12431
12432         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`
12433         """
12434         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
12435
12436     def GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs):
12437         """
12438         GetRowHeights(self) -> list
12439
12440         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the
12441         rows in the sizer.
12442         """
12443         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs)
12444
12445     def GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs):
12446         """
12447         GetColWidths(self) -> list
12448
12449         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the
12450         columns in the sizer.
12451         """
12452         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs)
12453
12454     ColWidths = property(GetColWidths,doc="See `GetColWidths`")
12455     FlexibleDirection = property(GetFlexibleDirection,SetFlexibleDirection,doc="See `GetFlexibleDirection` and `SetFlexibleDirection`")
12456     NonFlexibleGrowMode = property(GetNonFlexibleGrowMode,SetNonFlexibleGrowMode,doc="See `GetNonFlexibleGrowMode` and `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`")
12457     RowHeights = property(GetRowHeights,doc="See `GetRowHeights`")
12458 _core_.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizer)
12459
12460 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer):
12461     """
12462     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons
12463     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply
12464     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the
12465     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer
12466     will take care of the rest.
12467
12468     """
12469     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12470     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12471     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12472         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer"""
12473         _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12474     def AddButton(*args, **kwargs):
12475         """
12476         AddButton(self, wxButton button)
12477
12478         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add`
12479         method in the base class.
12480         """
12481         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args, **kwargs)
12482
12483     def Realize(*args, **kwargs):
12484         """
12485         Realize(self)
12486
12487         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added
12488         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform
12489         specifc manner.
12490         """
12491         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args, **kwargs)
12492
12493     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12494         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12495         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12496
12497     def SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12498         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12499         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12500
12501     def SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
12502         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12503         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
12504
12505     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12506         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12507         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12508
12509     def GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs):
12510         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12511         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs)
12512
12513     def GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12514         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12515         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12516
12517     def GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
12518         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12519         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
12520
12521     def GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs):
12522         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12523         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs)
12524
12525     AffirmativeButton = property(GetAffirmativeButton,SetAffirmativeButton,doc="See `GetAffirmativeButton` and `SetAffirmativeButton`")
12526     ApplyButton = property(GetApplyButton,doc="See `GetApplyButton`")
12527     CancelButton = property(GetCancelButton,SetCancelButton,doc="See `GetCancelButton` and `SetCancelButton`")
12528     HelpButton = property(GetHelpButton,doc="See `GetHelpButton`")
12529     NegativeButton = property(GetNegativeButton,SetNegativeButton,doc="See `GetNegativeButton` and `SetNegativeButton`")
12530 _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizer)
12531
12532 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12533
12534 class GBPosition(object):
12535     """
12536     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
12537     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
12538     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
12539     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
12540     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
12541     """
12542     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12543     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12544     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12545         """
12546         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition
12547
12548         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
12549         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
12550         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
12551         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
12552         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
12553         """
12554         _core_.GBPosition_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBPosition(*args, **kwargs))
12555     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBPosition
12556     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12557     def GetRow(*args, **kwargs):
12558         """GetRow(self) -> int"""
12559         return _core_.GBPosition_GetRow(*args, **kwargs)
12560
12561     def GetCol(*args, **kwargs):
12562         """GetCol(self) -> int"""
12563         return _core_.GBPosition_GetCol(*args, **kwargs)
12564
12565     def SetRow(*args, **kwargs):
12566         """SetRow(self, int row)"""
12567         return _core_.GBPosition_SetRow(*args, **kwargs)
12568
12569     def SetCol(*args, **kwargs):
12570         """SetCol(self, int col)"""
12571         return _core_.GBPosition_SetCol(*args, **kwargs)
12572
12573     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
12574         """
12575         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12576
12577         Compare GBPosition for equality.
12578         """
12579         return _core_.GBPosition___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
12580
12581     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
12582         """
12583         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12584
12585         Compare GBPosition for inequality.
12586         """
12587         return _core_.GBPosition___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
12588
12589     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12590         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)"""
12591         return _core_.GBPosition_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12592
12593     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
12594         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
12595         return _core_.GBPosition_Get(*args, **kwargs)
12596
12597     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
12598     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
12599     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self.Get())
12600     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
12601     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
12602     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
12603         if index == 0: self.SetRow(val)
12604         elif index == 1: self.SetCol(val)
12605         else: raise IndexError
12606     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12607     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12608     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBPosition, self.Get())
12609
12610     row = property(GetRow, SetRow)
12611     col = property(GetCol, SetCol)
12612
12613 _core_.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPosition)
12614
12615 class GBSpan(object):
12616     """
12617     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of
12618     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will
12619     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a
12620     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span
12621     nearly transparently in Python code.
12622
12623     """
12624     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12625     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12626     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12627         """
12628         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan
12629
12630         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and
12631         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one
12632         cell in each direction.
12633         """
12634         _core_.GBSpan_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSpan(*args, **kwargs))
12635     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSpan
12636     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12637     def GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
12638         """GetRowspan(self) -> int"""
12639         return _core_.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
12640
12641     def GetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
12642         """GetColspan(self) -> int"""
12643         return _core_.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
12644
12645     def SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
12646         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)"""
12647         return _core_.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
12648
12649     def SetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
12650         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)"""
12651         return _core_.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
12652
12653     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
12654         """
12655         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12656
12657         Compare wxGBSpan for equality.
12658         """
12659         return _core_.GBSpan___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
12660
12661     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
12662         """
12663         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12664
12665         Compare GBSpan for inequality.
12666         """
12667         return _core_.GBSpan___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
12668
12669     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12670         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)"""
12671         return _core_.GBSpan_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12672
12673     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
12674         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
12675         return _core_.GBSpan_Get(*args, **kwargs)
12676
12677     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
12678     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
12679     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self.Get())
12680     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
12681     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
12682     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
12683         if index == 0: self.SetRowspan(val)
12684         elif index == 1: self.SetColspan(val)
12685         else: raise IndexError
12686     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12687     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12688     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBSpan, self.Get())
12689
12690     rowspan = property(GetRowspan, SetRowspan)
12691     colspan = property(GetColspan, SetColspan)
12692
12693 _core_.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpan)
12694
12695 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem):
12696     """
12697     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about
12698     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid
12699     and how many rows or columns it spans.
12700
12701     """
12702     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12703     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12704     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12705         """
12706         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem
12707
12708         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
12709         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this
12710         item can be used in a Sizer.
12711
12712         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they
12713         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called.
12714         """
12715         _core_.GBSizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
12716     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSizerItem
12717     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12718     def GetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12719         """
12720         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition
12721
12722         Get the grid position of the item
12723         """
12724         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12725
12726     def GetPosTuple(self): return self.GetPos().Get()
12727     def GetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12728         """
12729         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan
12730
12731         Get the row and column spanning of the item
12732         """
12733         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12734
12735     def GetSpanTuple(self): return self.GetSpan().Get()
12736     def SetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12737         """
12738         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12739
12740         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12741         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new
12742         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is
12743         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved.
12744         """
12745         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12746
12747     def SetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12748         """
12749         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool
12750
12751         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12752         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new
12753         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change
12754         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized.
12755
12756         """
12757         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12758
12759     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
12760         """
12761         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool
12762
12763         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect.
12764         """
12765         return _core_.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
12766
12767     def IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs):
12768         """
12769         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool
12770
12771         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item.
12772         """
12773         return _core_.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs)
12774
12775     def GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs):
12776         """
12777         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition
12778
12779         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item.
12780         """
12781         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs)
12782
12783     def GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12784         """
12785         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer
12786
12787         Get the sizer this item is a member of.
12788         """
12789         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12790
12791     def SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12792         """
12793         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer)
12794
12795         Set the sizer this item is a member of.
12796         """
12797         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12798
12799     EndPos = property(GetEndPos,doc="See `GetEndPos`")
12800     GBSizer = property(GetGBSizer,SetGBSizer,doc="See `GetGBSizer` and `SetGBSizer`")
12801     Pos = property(GetPos,SetPos,doc="See `GetPos` and `SetPos`")
12802     Span = property(GetSpan,SetSpan,doc="See `GetSpan` and `SetSpan`")
12803 _core_.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItem)
12804 DefaultSpan = cvar.DefaultSpan
12805
12806 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12807     """
12808     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12809         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12810
12811     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window.
12812     """
12813     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12814     return val
12815
12816 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12817     """
12818     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12819         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12820
12821     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer
12822     """
12823     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12824     return val
12825
12826 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12827     """
12828     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,
12829         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12830
12831     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer.
12832     """
12833     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12834     return val
12835
12836 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer):
12837     """
12838     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a
12839     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items
12840     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more
12841     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the
12842     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are
12843     positioned at, adjusted for spanning.
12844
12845     """
12846     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12847     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12848     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12849         """
12850         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer
12851
12852         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the
12853         rows and columns.
12854         """
12855         _core_.GridBagSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridBagSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12856         self._setOORInfo(self)
12857
12858     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
12859         """
12860         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0,
12861         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12862
12863         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning
12864         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining
12865         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`.
12866
12867         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell
12868         position, False if something was already there.
12869
12870         """
12871         return _core_.GridBagSizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
12872
12873     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
12874         """
12875         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12876
12877         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if
12878         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if
12879         something was already there.
12880         """
12881         return _core_.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
12882
12883     def GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12884         """
12885         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size
12886
12887         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and
12888         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout.
12889         """
12890         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12891
12892     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12893         """
12894         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size
12895
12896         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12897         """
12898         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12899
12900     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12901         """
12902         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz)
12903
12904         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12905         """
12906         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12907
12908     def GetItemPosition(*args):
12909         """
12910         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition
12911
12912         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12913         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12914         index of an item.
12915         """
12916         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args)
12917
12918     def SetItemPosition(*args):
12919         """
12920         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12921
12922         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12923         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12924         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not
12925         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12926
12927         """
12928         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args)
12929
12930     def GetItemSpan(*args):
12931         """
12932         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan
12933
12934         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12935         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12936         zero-based index of an item.
12937         """
12938         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args)
12939
12940     def SetItemSpan(*args):
12941         """
12942         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool
12943
12944         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12945         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12946         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is
12947         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12948         """
12949         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args)
12950
12951     def FindItem(*args):
12952         """
12953         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem
12954
12955         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if
12956         not found. (non-recursive)
12957         """
12958         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args)
12959
12960     def FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs):
12961         """
12962         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem
12963
12964         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no
12965         item at that position. (non-recursive)
12966         """
12967         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs)
12968
12969     def FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
12970         """
12971         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem
12972
12973         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if
12974         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond
12975         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for
12976         layout. (non-recursive)
12977         """
12978         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
12979
12980     def CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
12981         """
12982         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12983
12984         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12985         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap.
12986         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for
12987         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12988         position of.
12989
12990         """
12991         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
12992
12993     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs):
12994         """
12995         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12996
12997         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12998         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be
12999         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked
13000         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
13001         position of.
13002         """
13003         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs)
13004
13005 _core_.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizer)
13006
13007 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
13008
13009 Left = _core_.Left
13010 Top = _core_.Top
13011 Right = _core_.Right
13012 Bottom = _core_.Bottom
13013 Width = _core_.Width
13014 Height = _core_.Height
13015 Centre = _core_.Centre
13016 Center = _core_.Center
13017 CentreX = _core_.CentreX
13018 CentreY = _core_.CentreY
13019 Unconstrained = _core_.Unconstrained
13020 AsIs = _core_.AsIs
13021 PercentOf = _core_.PercentOf
13022 Above = _core_.Above
13023 Below = _core_.Below
13024 LeftOf = _core_.LeftOf
13025 RightOf = _core_.RightOf
13026 SameAs = _core_.SameAs
13027 Absolute = _core_.Absolute
13028 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object):
13029     """
13030     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as
13031     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in.
13032     You will never need to create an instance of
13033     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a
13034     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints
13035     that it contains.
13036     """
13037     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13038     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
13039     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13040     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
13041         """
13042         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN)
13043
13044         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the
13045         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs.
13046         """
13047         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
13048
13049     def LeftOf(*args, **kwargs):
13050         """
13051         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13052
13053         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an
13054         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the
13055         other window.
13056         """
13057         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args, **kwargs)
13058
13059     def RightOf(*args, **kwargs):
13060         """
13061         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13062
13063         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an
13064         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the
13065         other window.
13066         """
13067         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args, **kwargs)
13068
13069     def Above(*args, **kwargs):
13070         """
13071         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13072
13073         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional
13074         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other
13075         window.
13076         """
13077         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args, **kwargs)
13078
13079     def Below(*args, **kwargs):
13080         """
13081         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13082
13083         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional
13084         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other
13085         window.
13086         """
13087         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args, **kwargs)
13088
13089     def SameAs(*args, **kwargs):
13090         """
13091         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0)
13092
13093         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the
13094         given window, with an optional margin.
13095         """
13096         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args, **kwargs)
13097
13098     def PercentOf(*args, **kwargs):
13099         """
13100         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per)
13101
13102         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given
13103         window, with an optional margin.
13104         """
13105         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args, **kwargs)
13106
13107     def Absolute(*args, **kwargs):
13108         """
13109         Absolute(self, int val)
13110
13111         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value.
13112         """
13113         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args, **kwargs)
13114
13115     def Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs):
13116         """
13117         Unconstrained(self)
13118
13119         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on
13120         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced.
13121         """
13122         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs)
13123
13124     def AsIs(*args, **kwargs):
13125         """
13126         AsIs(self)
13127
13128         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at
13129         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*,
13130         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important
13131         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default
13132         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the
13133         button label.
13134         """
13135         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args, **kwargs)
13136
13137     def GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs):
13138         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window"""
13139         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs)
13140
13141     def GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13142         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int"""
13143         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13144
13145     def SetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13146         """SetEdge(self, int which)"""
13147         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13148
13149     def SetValue(*args, **kwargs):
13150         """SetValue(self, int v)"""
13151         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args, **kwargs)
13152
13153     def GetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
13154         """GetMargin(self) -> int"""
13155         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
13156
13157     def SetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
13158         """SetMargin(self, int m)"""
13159         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
13160
13161     def GetValue(*args, **kwargs):
13162         """GetValue(self) -> int"""
13163         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args, **kwargs)
13164
13165     def GetPercent(*args, **kwargs):
13166         """GetPercent(self) -> int"""
13167         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args, **kwargs)
13168
13169     def GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13170         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int"""
13171         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13172
13173     def GetDone(*args, **kwargs):
13174         """GetDone(self) -> bool"""
13175         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args, **kwargs)
13176
13177     def SetDone(*args, **kwargs):
13178         """SetDone(self, bool d)"""
13179         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args, **kwargs)
13180
13181     def GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
13182         """GetRelationship(self) -> int"""
13183         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
13184
13185     def SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
13186         """SetRelationship(self, int r)"""
13187         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
13188
13189     def ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs):
13190         """
13191         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool
13192
13193         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin
13194         """
13195         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs)
13196
13197     def SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs):
13198         """
13199         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool
13200
13201         Try to satisfy constraint
13202         """
13203         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs)
13204
13205     def GetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13206         """
13207         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int
13208
13209         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this
13210         is not determinable, -1.
13211         """
13212         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13213
13214     Done = property(GetDone,SetDone,doc="See `GetDone` and `SetDone`")
13215     Margin = property(GetMargin,SetMargin,doc="See `GetMargin` and `SetMargin`")
13216     MyEdge = property(GetMyEdge,doc="See `GetMyEdge`")
13217     OtherEdge = property(GetOtherEdge,doc="See `GetOtherEdge`")
13218     OtherWindow = property(GetOtherWindow,doc="See `GetOtherWindow`")
13219     Percent = property(GetPercent,doc="See `GetPercent`")
13220     Relationship = property(GetRelationship,SetRelationship,doc="See `GetRelationship` and `SetRelationship`")
13221     Value = property(GetValue,SetValue,doc="See `GetValue` and `SetValue`")
13222 _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraint)
13223
13224 class LayoutConstraints(Object):
13225     """
13226     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers
13227     instead.
13228
13229     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its
13230     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent.
13231
13232     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class
13233     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed
13234     directly to set the appropriate constraints.
13235
13236         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window
13237         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window
13238         * top: represents the top edge of the window
13239         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window
13240         * width: represents the width of the window
13241         * height: represents the height of the window
13242         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window
13243         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window
13244
13245     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship
13246     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by
13247     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height,
13248     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a
13249     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be
13250     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If
13251     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed.
13252
13253     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints`
13254
13255     """
13256     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13257     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13258     left = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_left_get)
13259     top = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_top_get)
13260     right = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_right_get)
13261     bottom = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get)
13262     width = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_width_get)
13263     height = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_height_get)
13264     centreX = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get)
13265     centreY = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get)
13266     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13267         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints"""
13268         _core_.LayoutConstraints_swiginit(self,_core_.new_LayoutConstraints(*args, **kwargs))
13269     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_LayoutConstraints
13270     __del__ = lambda self : None;
13271     def SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
13272         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)"""
13273         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
13274
13275     def AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs):
13276         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool"""
13277         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs)
13278
13279 _core_.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraints)
13280
13281 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13282
13283 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not
13284 try:
13285     True
13286 except NameError:
13287     __builtins__.True = 1==1
13288     __builtins__.False = 1==0
13289     def bool(value): return not not value
13290     __builtins__.bool = bool
13291
13292
13293
13294 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names
13295 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge'
13296 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider'
13297 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar'
13298
13299
13300 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13301 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor
13302 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets.
13303
13304 from __version__ import *
13305 __version__ = VERSION_STRING
13306
13307 assert MAJOR_VERSION == _core_.MAJOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
13308 assert MINOR_VERSION == _core_.MINOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
13309 if RELEASE_VERSION != _core_.RELEASE_VERSION:
13310     import warnings
13311     warnings.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch")
13312
13313 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13314
13315 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from
13316 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We
13317 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the
13318 # encoding we need to use as well.)
13319 #
13320 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects
13321 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be
13322 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be
13323 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see
13324 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
13325 # between the common latin/roman encodings.
13326
13327 default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
13328 if default == 'ascii':
13329     import locale
13330     import codecs
13331     try:
13332         default = locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]
13333         codecs.lookup(default)
13334     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError):
13335         default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
13336     del locale
13337     del codecs
13338 if default:
13339     wx.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default)
13340 del default
13341
13342 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13343
13344 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError):
13345     pass
13346
13347 class _wxPyDeadObject(object):
13348     """
13349     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__
13350     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help
13351     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer.
13352     """
13353     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)"
13354     attrStr = "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed."
13355
13356     def __repr__(self):
13357         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13358             self._name = "[unknown]"
13359         return self.reprStr % self._name
13360
13361     def __getattr__(self, *args):
13362         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13363             self._name = "[unknown]"
13364         raise PyDeadObjectError(self.attrStr % self._name)
13365
13366     def __nonzero__(self):
13367         return 0
13368
13369
13370
13371 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError):
13372     pass
13373
13374 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object):
13375     """
13376     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is
13377     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App
13378     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will
13379     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an
13380     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance
13381     is ready.
13382     """
13383
13384     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)"
13385     attrStr = "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed."
13386
13387     def __repr__(self):
13388         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13389         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
13390         return self.reprStr #% self._name
13391
13392     def __getattr__(self, *args):
13393         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13394         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
13395         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self.attrStr) # % self._name )
13396
13397     def __nonzero__(self):
13398         return 0
13399
13400
13401 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13402
13403 def CallAfter(callable, *args, **kw):
13404     """
13405     Call the specified function after the current and pending event
13406     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI
13407     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or
13408     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called.
13409
13410     :see: `wx.FutureCall`
13411     """
13412     app = wx.GetApp()
13413     assert app is not None, 'No wx.App created yet'
13414
13415     if not hasattr(app, "_CallAfterId"):
13416         app._CallAfterId = wx.NewEventType()
13417         app.Connect(-1, -1, app._CallAfterId,
13418                     lambda event: event.callable(*event.args, **event.kw) )
13419     evt = wx.PyEvent()
13420     evt.SetEventType(app._CallAfterId)
13421     evt.callable = callable
13422     evt.args = args
13423     evt.kw = kw
13424     wx.PostEvent(app, evt)
13425
13426 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13427
13428
13429 class FutureCall:
13430     """
13431     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable
13432     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any
13433     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is
13434     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method.
13435
13436     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer
13437     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will
13438     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer
13439     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when
13440     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.FutureCall
13441     object.
13442
13443     :see: `wx.CallAfter`
13444     """
13445     def __init__(self, millis, callable, *args, **kwargs):
13446         self.millis = millis
13447         self.callable = callable
13448         self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
13449         self.runCount = 0
13450         self.running = False
13451         self.hasRun = False
13452         self.result = None
13453         self.timer = None
13454         self.Start()
13455
13456     def __del__(self):
13457         self.Stop()
13458
13459
13460     def Start(self, millis=None, *args, **kwargs):
13461         """
13462         (Re)start the timer
13463         """
13464         self.hasRun = False
13465         if millis is not None:
13466             self.millis = millis
13467         if args or kwargs:
13468             self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
13469         self.Stop()
13470         self.timer = wx.PyTimer(self.Notify)
13471         self.timer.Start(self.millis, wx.TIMER_ONE_SHOT)
13472         self.running = True
13473     Restart = Start
13474
13475
13476     def Stop(self):
13477         """
13478         Stop and destroy the timer.
13479         """
13480         if self.timer is not None:
13481             self.timer.Stop()
13482             self.timer = None
13483
13484
13485     def GetInterval(self):
13486         if self.timer is not None:
13487             return self.timer.GetInterval()
13488         else:
13489             return 0
13490
13491
13492     def IsRunning(self):
13493         return self.timer is not None and self.timer.IsRunning()
13494
13495
13496     def SetArgs(self, *args, **kwargs):
13497         """
13498         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is
13499         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a
13500         new call to the same callable object but with different
13501         parameters.
13502         """
13503         self.args = args
13504         self.kwargs = kwargs
13505
13506
13507     def HasRun(self):
13508         return self.hasRun
13509
13510     def GetResult(self):
13511         return self.result
13512
13513     def Notify(self):
13514         """
13515         The timer has expired so call the callable.
13516         """
13517         if self.callable and getattr(self.callable, 'im_self', True):
13518             self.runCount += 1
13519             self.running = False
13520             self.result = self.callable(*self.args, **self.kwargs)
13521         self.hasRun = True
13522         if not self.running:
13523             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup
13524             wx.CallAfter(self.Stop)
13525
13526     Interval = property(GetInterval)
13527     Result = property(GetResult)
13528
13529
13530 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13531 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc.
13532 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size
13533 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects,
13534 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead
13535 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods
13536 # where they should be used.
13537
13538 class __DocFilter:
13539     """
13540     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and
13541     functions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs.
13542     """
13543     def __init__(self, globals):
13544         self._globals = globals
13545
13546     def __call__(self, name):
13547         import types
13548         obj = self._globals.get(name, None)
13549
13550         # only document classes and function
13551         if type(obj) not in [type, types.ClassType, types.FunctionType, types.BuiltinFunctionType]:
13552             return False
13553
13554         # skip other things that are private or will be documented as part of somethign else
13555         if name.startswith('_') or name.startswith('EVT') or name.endswith('_swigregister')  or name.endswith('Ptr') :
13556             return False
13557
13558         # skip functions that are duplicates of static functions in a class
13559         if name.find('_') != -1:
13560             cls = self._globals.get(name.split('_')[0], None)
13561             methname = name.split('_')[1]
13562             if hasattr(cls, methname) and type(getattr(cls, methname)) is types.FunctionType:
13563                 return False
13564
13565         return True
13566
13567 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13568 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13569
13570 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the
13571 # "core" wx namespace
13572 from _gdi import *
13573 from _windows import *
13574 from _controls import *
13575 from _misc import *
13576
13577 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13578 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13579
13580
13581